Commit 43dd9cc15f63b6dd342ba52772bbb8238a2edfbe

Authored by Perry Werneck
Committed by GitHub
2 parents ed7e7521 e3364310
Exists in master and in 1 other branch develop

Merge pull request #1 from PerryWerneck/develop

Updating  for version 5.2
.gitignore
... ... @@ -16,5 +16,11 @@ dbus-glue.h
16 16 *.cache
17 17 *.zip
18 18 *.bak
19   -*.exe
  19 +*.[0-9]
20 20 vgcore.*
  21 +*.nsi
  22 +*.exe
  23 +doxyfile
  24 +doxygen/html
  25 +doxygen/rtf
  26 +
... ...
Makefile.in
... ... @@ -24,38 +24,23 @@
24 24 # erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas de Mendonça)
25 25 #
26 26  
27   -PACKAGE_NAME=@PACKAGE_NAME@
28   -
29   -#---[ PLugin configuration ]-------------------------------------------------------------
30   -
31   -PLUGIN_NAME=ipc3270c
32   -
33   -PLUGIN_SOURCES= \
34   - $(wildcard src/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/*.c) \
35   - $(wildcard src/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/@OSNAME@/*.c) \
36   - $(wildcard src/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/@OSNAME@/*.rc)
37   -
38   -PLUGIN_TEST_SOURCES= \
39   - src/testprograms/$(PLUGIN_NAME).c
40   -
41 27 #---[ Library configuration ]------------------------------------------------------------
42 28  
43   -LIBRARY_NAME=hllapi
  29 +LIBNAME=libhllapi
  30 +SONAME=@SONAME@
44 31  
45   -LIBRARY_SOURCES= \
46   - $(wildcard src/$(LIBRARY_NAME)/*.c) \
47   - $(wildcard src/$(LIBRARY_NAME)/*.cc) \
48   - $(wildcard src/$(LIBRARY_NAME)/@OSNAME@/*.c) \
49   - $(wildcard src/$(LIBRARY_NAME)/@OSNAME@/*.rc)
  32 +SOURCES= \
  33 + $(wildcard src/core/*.cc) \
  34 + $(wildcard src/core/@OSNAME@/*.rc) \
  35 + $(wildcard src/core/@OSNAME@/*.cc)
50 36  
51   -LIBRARY_TEST_SOURCES= \
52   - src/testprograms/$(LIBRARY_NAME).c
  37 +TEST_SOURCES= \
  38 + $(wildcard src/testprogram/*.cc)
53 39  
54 40 #---[ Tools ]----------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 41  
56   -CC=@CC@
57   -LD=@CC@
58 42 CXX=@CXX@
  43 +LD=@CXX@
59 44 LN_S=@LN_S@
60 45 MKDIR=@MKDIR_P@
61 46 INSTALL=@INSTALL@
... ... @@ -65,7 +50,12 @@ XGETTEXT=@XGETTEXT@
65 50 MSGCAT=@MSGCAT@
66 51 WINDRES=@WINDRES@
67 52 AR=@AR@
68   -DBUSBINDINGTOOL=@DBUSBINDINGTOOL@
  53 +VALGRIND=@VALGRIND@
  54 +GENMARSHAL=@GENMARSHAL@
  55 +CONVERT=@CONVERT@
  56 +OPTIPNG=@OPTIPNG@
  57 +ZIP=@ZIP@
  58 +DOXYGEN=@DOXYGEN@
69 59  
70 60 #---[ Paths ]----------------------------------------------------------------------------
71 61  
... ... @@ -82,9 +72,7 @@ sysconfdir=@sysconfdir@
82 72  
83 73 BASEDIR=@BASEDIR@
84 74  
85   -POTDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.pot
86   -
87   -OBJDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.obj
  75 +OBJDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.obj/$(LIBNAME)
88 76 OBJDBG=$(OBJDIR)/Debug
89 77 OBJRLS=$(OBJDIR)/Release
90 78  
... ... @@ -96,358 +84,159 @@ BINRLS=$(BINDIR)/Release
96 84  
97 85 DEPENDS= \
98 86 Makefile \
99   - @DEPENDS@
  87 + src/include/*.h \
  88 + src/include/lib3270/*.h
  89 +
100 90  
101 91 CFLAGS= \
102 92 @CFLAGS@ \
103 93 -g \
104 94 -Isrc/include \
105 95 -DBUILD_DATE=`date +%Y%m%d` \
106   - @LIB3270_CFLAGS@ \
107   - @V3270_CFLAGS@ \
108   - @GTK_CFLAGS@ \
109   - @GLIB_CFLAGS@ \
110   - @PW3270_CFLAGS@ \
111   - @DBUS_CFLAGS@ \
112   - @GDBUS_CFLAGS@
113   -
114   -GTK_LIBS=@GTK_LIBS@
115   -V3270_LIBS=@V3270_LIBS@
116   -GLIB_LIBS=@GLIB_LIBS@
117   -DBUS_LIBS=@DBUS_LIBS@ @GDBUS_LIBS@
118   -STATIC_LDFLAGS=@STATIC_LDFLAGS@
  96 + @IPC3270_CFLAGS@
  97 +
119 98 LDFLAGS=@LDFLAGS@
120 99  
121 100 LIBS= \
122 101 @LIBS@ \
123   - @LIBICONV@ \
124   - @INTL_LIBS@ \
125   - @LIB3270_LIBS@ \
126   - @PW3270_LIBS@
127   -
128   -src/include/dbus-glue.h: \
129   - pw3270dbus.xml
130   -
131   - @echo $@ ...
132   - @$(DBUSBINDINGTOOL) \
133   - --mode=glib-server \
134   - --output=$@ \
135   - --prefix=pw3270_dbus $^
136   -
  102 + @IPC3270_LIBS@
137 103  
138 104 #---[ Debug Rules ]----------------------------------------------------------------------
139 105  
140 106 $(OBJDBG)/%.o: \
141   - %.c \
142   - $(DEPENDS)
143   -
144   - @echo $< ...
145   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
146   -
147   - @$(CC) \
148   - $(CFLAGS) \
149   - -Wall -Wextra -fstack-check \
150   - -DDEBUG=1 \
151   - -o $@ -c $<
152   -
153   -$(OBJDBG)/%.o: \
154 107 %.cc \
155 108 $(DEPENDS)
156 109  
157 110 @echo $< ...
158   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  111 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
159 112  
160 113 @$(CXX) \
161 114 $(CFLAGS) \
162 115 -Wall -Wextra -fstack-check \
163 116 -DDEBUG=1 \
164   - -o $@ -c $<
  117 + -o $@ \
  118 + -c $<
165 119  
166 120 $(OBJDBG)/%.o: \
167 121 %.rc
168 122  
169 123 @echo $< ...
170   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  124 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
171 125 @$(WINDRES) $< -O coff -o $@
172 126  
173 127 #---[ Release Rules ]--------------------------------------------------------------------
174 128  
175 129 $(OBJRLS)/%.o: \
176   - %.c \
177   - $(DEPENDS)
178   -
179   - @echo $< ...
180   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
181   - @$(CC) \
182   - $(CFLAGS) \
183   - -DNDEBUG=1 \
184   - -o $@ -c $<
185   -
186   -$(OBJRLS)/%.o: \
187 130 %.cc \
188 131 $(DEPENDS)
189 132  
190 133 @echo $< ...
191   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  134 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
192 135 @$(CXX) \
193 136 $(CFLAGS) \
194 137 -DNDEBUG=1 \
195   - -o $@ -c $<
  138 + -o $@ \
  139 + -c $<
196 140  
197 141 $(OBJRLS)/%.o: \
198 142 %.rc
199 143  
200 144 @echo $< ...
201   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  145 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
202 146 @$(WINDRES) $< -O coff -o $@
203 147  
204   -#---[ Misc Rules ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------
205   -
206   -$(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/%.pot: \
207   - %.c
208   -
209   - @echo $(notdir $@) ...
210   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
211   - @$(XGETTEXT) \
212   - --language=C \
213   - --keyword=_ \
214   - --keyword=N_ \
215   - --keyword=MSG_:2 \
216   - --output=$@ \
217   - $<
218   - @touch $@
219   -
220   -$(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/%.pot: \
221   - %.rc
222   -
223   - @echo $< ...
224   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
225   - @touch $@
226   -
227   -
228 148 #---[ Release Targets ]------------------------------------------------------------------
229 149  
230 150 all: \
231   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
232   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
233   - $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME).pot
  151 + $(BINRLS)/$(SONAME)
234 152  
235 153 Release: \
236   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
237   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@
  154 + $(BINRLS)/$(SONAME)
238 155  
239   -$(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
240   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o)
  156 +$(BINRLS)/$(SONAME): \
  157 + $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o)
241 158  
242   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  159 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
243 160 @echo $< ...
244 161 @$(LD) \
245   - -shared -Wl,-soname,$(@F) \
  162 + @DLL_LDFLAGS@ \
246 163 -o $@ \
247 164 $(LDFLAGS) \
248   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o) \
249   - $(V3270_LIBS) \
250   - $(LIBS) \
251   - $(GTK_LIBS) \
252   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
253   -
254   -$(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
255   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@
256   -
257   - @echo $< ...
258   - @rm -f $@
259   - @$(LN_S) \
260   - $^ \
261   - $@
262   -
263   -$(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@: \
264   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@
265   -
266   - @rm -f $@
267   - @$(LN_S) \
268 165 $^ \
269   - $@
270   -
271   -$(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@: \
272   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o)
273   -
274   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
275   - @echo $< ...
276   - @$(CXX) \
277   - -shared -Wl,-soname,$(@F) \
278   - -o $@ \
279   - $(LDFLAGS) $(STATIC_LDFLAGS)\
280   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o) \
281   - -lpw3270cpp \
282   - -L$(BINDBG) \
283   - $(LIBS) \
284   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
285   -
286   -zip: \
287   - $(PLUGIN_NAME)-@PACKAGE_VERSION@.@host@.zip
288   -
289   -$(PLUGIN_NAME)-@PACKAGE_VERSION@.@host@.zip: \
290   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
291   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
292   - $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME).pot
293   -
294   - @rm -f $@
295   - @zip -9 -j $@ \
296   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
297   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
298   - $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME).pot
  166 + $(LIBS)
299 167  
300 168 #---[ Install Targets ]------------------------------------------------------------------
301 169  
302 170 install: \
303   - install-shared \
304   - install-plugin
  171 + $(BINRLS)/$(SONAME)
305 172  
306   -install-plugin: \
307   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@
308   -
309   - @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pw3270-plugins
310   -
311   - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) \
312   - $(BINRLS)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
313   - $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/pw3270-plugins
314   -
315   -install-shared: \
316   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@
317   -
318   - @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)/$(libdir)
  173 + # Install library
  174 + @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
319 175  
320 176 @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) \
321   - $(BINRLS)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@ \
322   - $(DESTDIR)/$(libdir)
  177 + $(BINRLS)/$(SONAME) \
  178 + $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(LIBNAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@
323 179  
324 180 @$(LN_S) \
325   - lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@ \
326   - $(DESTDIR)/$(libdir)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@ \
  181 + $(LIBNAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@ \
  182 + $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(LIBNAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@
327 183  
328 184 @$(LN_S) \
329   - lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@ \
330   - $(DESTDIR)/$(libdir)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@
331   -
332   -#---[ Misc Targets ]---------------------------------------------------------------------
  185 + $(LIBNAME)@DLLEXT@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@ \
  186 + $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(LIBNAME)@DLLEXT@
333 187  
334   -$(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME).pot: \
335   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(SOURCES)), $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)/$(SRC).pot)
336   -
337   - @rm -f $@
338   - @mkdir -p `dirname $@`
339   - @$(MSGCAT) --sort-output $^ > $@
340   -
341   -locale: \
342   - $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME).pot
343   -
344   -run-plugin: \
345   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@
346   -
347   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@
348   -
349   -run-library: \
350   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@
351   -
352   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@
  188 +doc:
  189 + @$(DOXYGEN) ./doxygen/doxyfile
353 190  
354 191 #---[ Debug Targets ]--------------------------------------------------------------------
355 192  
356 193 Debug: \
357   - Debug-plugin \
358   - Debug-library
359   -
360   -Debug-plugin: \
361   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@
362   -
363   -Debug-library: \
364   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@
365   -
366   -zip-debug: \
367   - $(PLUGIN_NAME)-debug-@PACKAGE_VERSION@.@host@.zip
368   -
369   -$(PLUGIN_NAME)-debug-@PACKAGE_VERSION@.@host@.zip: \
370   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
371   - $(BINDBG)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
372   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@ \
373   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@
374   -
375   - @rm -f $@
376   - @zip -9 -j $@ \
377   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
378   - $(BINDBG)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
379   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@ \
380   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@
381   -
  194 + $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME)@EXEEXT@
382 195  
383   -$(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@EXEEXT@: \
384   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_TEST_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
385   - $(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@
  196 +$(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME)@EXEEXT@: \
  197 + $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(TEST_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
  198 + $(BINDBG)/$(SONAME)
386 199  
387   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  200 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
388 201 @echo $< ...
389 202 @$(LD) \
390 203 -o $@ \
391   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_TEST_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
  204 + $^ \
392 205 -L$(BINDBG) \
393 206 -Wl,-rpath,$(BINDBG) \
394 207 $(LDFLAGS) \
395   - $(LIBS) \
396   - $(V3270_LIBS) \
397   - $(GTK_LIBS) \
398   - $(GLIB_LIBS) \
399   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
  208 + $(LIBS)
  209 +
  210 +run: \
  211 + $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME)@EXEEXT@
400 212  
401   -$(BINDBG)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
402   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o)
  213 +ifeq ($(VALGRIND),no)
403 214  
404   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
405   - @echo $< ...
406   - @$(LD) \
407   - -shared -Wl,-soname,$(@F) \
408   - -o $@ \
409   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
410   - $(LDFLAGS) \
411   - -L$(BINDBG) \
412   - $(LIBS) \
413   - $(V3270_LIBS) \
414   - $(GTK_LIBS) \
415   - $(GLIB_LIBS) \
416   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
  215 + @LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(BINDBG) \
  216 + $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME)@EXEEXT@
417 217  
418   -$(BINDBG)/$(LIBRARY_NAME)@EXEEXT@: \
419   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_TEST_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
420   - $(BINDBG)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@
  218 +else
  219 + @touch valgrind.suppression
  220 +
  221 + @LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(BINDBG) \
  222 + $(VALGRIND) --leak-check=full --track-origins=yes --gen-suppressions=all --suppressions=valgrind.suppression \
  223 + $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME)@EXEEXT@
  224 +endif
421 225  
422   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
423   - @echo $< ...
424   - @$(CXX) \
425   - -o $@ \
426   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_TEST_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
427   - -Wl,-rpath,$(BINDBG) \
428   - $(LDFLAGS) \
429   - -L$(BINDBG) \
430   - -l$(LIBRARY_NAME) \
431   - $(LIBS) \
432   - $(V3270_LIBS) \
433   - $(GTK_LIBS) \
434   - $(GLIB_LIBS) \
435   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
436 226  
437   -$(BINDBG)/lib$(LIBRARY_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
438   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o)
  227 +$(BINDBG)/$(SONAME): \
  228 + $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o)
439 229  
440   - @$(MKDIR) $(@D)
  230 + @$(MKDIR) $(dir $@)
441 231 @echo $< ...
442   - @$(CXX) \
  232 + @$(LD) \
443 233 -shared -Wl,-soname,$(@F) \
444 234 -o $@ \
445   - $(LDFLAGS) $(STATIC_LDFLAGS)\
446   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(LIBRARY_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
447   - -lpw3270cpp \
448 235 -L$(BINDBG) \
449   - $(LIBS) \
450   - $(DBUS_LIBS)
  236 + $(LDFLAGS) \
  237 + $^ \
  238 + $(LIBS)
  239 +
451 240  
452 241 #---[ Clean Targets ]--------------------------------------------------------------------
453 242  
... ... @@ -455,19 +244,18 @@ clean: \
455 244 cleanDebug \
456 245 cleanRelease
457 246  
458   - @rm -fr $(BASEDIR)/.tmp/$(PLUGIN_NAME)
459   - @rm -fr $(POTDIR)/$(PLUGIN_NAME)
460   -
461 247 cleanDebug:
462 248  
463 249 @rm -fr $(OBJDBG)
464 250 @rm -fr $(BINDBG)
465   - @rm -fr $(OBJDIR)/marshal
466 251  
467 252 cleanRelease:
468 253  
469 254 @rm -fr $(OBJRLS)
470 255 @rm -fr $(BINRLS)
471   - @rm -fr $(OBJDIR)/marshal
  256 +
  257 +clean: \
  258 + cleanDebug \
  259 + cleanRelease
472 260  
473 261  
... ...
README.md
1 1  
2   -PW3270 plugin exporting D-Bus objects for every tn3270 session.
3   -===============================================================
  2 +HLLAPI library for lib3270/pw3270
  3 +=================================
4 4  
5   -D-Bus plugin for compatibility with pw3270 5.1 language bindings.
6 5  
... ...
configure.ac
... ... @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ AC_PREREQ(2.61)
31 31  
32 32 dnl Initialise automake with the package name, version and
33 33 dnl bug-reporting address.
34   -AC_INIT([ipc3270], [5.1], [perry.werneck@gmail.com])
  34 +AC_INIT([hllapi], [5.2], [perry.werneck@gmail.com])
35 35  
36 36 dnl Place auxilliary scripts here.
37 37 AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([scripts])
... ... @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ AC_PROG_CXX
54 54 AC_PROG_SED
55 55 AC_PROG_LN_S
56 56  
57   -AC_LANG([C])
  57 +AC_LANG([C++])
58 58  
59 59 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
60 60 dnl Initialize defaults
... ... @@ -65,30 +65,40 @@ RLS_CFLAGS=&quot;-DNDEBUG=1&quot;
65 65 PLUGINS=""
66 66 APP_RESOURCES=""
67 67 APP_LDFLAGS=""
68   -DLL_LDFLAGS="-shared"
69   -STATIC_LDFLAGS=""
  68 +DLL_LDFLAGS="-shared -Wl,-soname,\$(@F)"
70 69 DEPENDS=""
71 70  
72 71 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
73 72 dnl Check for OS specifics
74 73 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
75 74  
76   -DLLPREFIX="lib"
77   -
78 75 case "$host" in
79 76 *-mingw32|*-pc-msys)
80 77 app_cv_osname="windows"
81 78  
82 79 CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -pthread -D_WIN32_WINNT=0x0600"
83 80 LIBS="$LIBS -lws2_32 -lwtsapi32 -lcomdlg32"
84   - STATIC_LDFLAGS="-static-libgcc -static-libstdc++"
85 81 DLLEXT=".dll"
86   - DLLPREFIX=""
87 82  
88   - app_win32_revision=$(date +%y.%m.%d.%H)
  83 + app_win32_revision=$(date +%-y.%-m.%-d.%-H)
89 84 AC_SUBST(WIN32_VERSION,$app_win32_revision)
90   - AC_CONFIG_FILES(src/ipc3270c/windows/resources.rc)
91   - AC_CONFIG_FILES(src/hllapi/windows/resources.rc)
  85 +
  86 + app_win32_file_version=$(date +%-y,%-m,%-d,%-H)
  87 + AC_SUBST(WIN32_FILE_VERSION,$app_win32_file_version)
  88 +
  89 + AC_CONFIG_FILES(src/core/windows/resources.rc)
  90 + AC_CONFIG_FILES(win/hllapi.nsi)
  91 +
  92 + if test "$host_cpu" = "x86_64"; then
  93 + app_cv_programfiles="PROGRAMFILES64"
  94 + app_cv_winarch="64"
  95 + else
  96 + app_cv_programfiles="PROGRAMFILES"
  97 + app_cv_winarch="32"
  98 + fi
  99 +
  100 + AC_SUBST(PROGRAMFILES,$app_cv_programfiles)
  101 + AC_SUBST(WINARCH,$app_cv_winarch)
92 102 ;;
93 103  
94 104 *)
... ... @@ -109,8 +119,8 @@ AC_SUBST(LIBS)
109 119 AC_SUBST(LOGDIR)
110 120 AC_SUBST(DLLEXT)
111 121 AC_SUBST(DLLPREFIX)
112   -AC_SUBST(STATIC_LDFLAGS)
113 122 AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS)
  123 +AC_SUBST(DLL_LDFLAGS)
114 124  
115 125 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
116 126 dnl Check for other programs
... ... @@ -118,6 +128,7 @@ dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
118 128  
119 129 AC_PATH_TOOL([AR], [ar], [ar])
120 130 AC_PATH_TOOL([WINDRES], [windres], [no])
  131 +AC_PATH_TOOL([VALGRIND], [valgrind], [no])
121 132  
122 133 PKG_CHECK_EXISTS
123 134  
... ... @@ -125,7 +136,7 @@ dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
125 136 dnl Version info
126 137 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
127 138  
128   -AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION,"PW3270 IPC Compatible Module")
  139 +AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION,"PW3270 HLLAPI Module")
129 140  
130 141 app_vrs_major=$(echo $VERSION | cut -d. -f1)
131 142 app_vrs_minor=$(echo $VERSION | cut -d. -f2)
... ... @@ -136,7 +147,7 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION, $app_vrs_minor)
136 147 AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION,$app_vrs_major)
137 148 AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION,$app_vrs_minor)
138 149  
139   -AC_ARG_WITH([release], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-release], [Set release])], [ app_cv_release="$withval" ],[ app_cv_release="`date +%y`.`date +%m`.`date +%d`" ])
  150 +AC_ARG_WITH([release], [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-release], [Set release])], [ app_cv_release="$withval" ],[ app_cv_release="`date +%-y`.`date +%-m`.`date +%-d`" ])
140 151  
141 152 app_rls_major=$(echo $app_cv_release.0.0 | cut -d. -f1)
142 153 app_rls_minor=$(echo $app_cv_release.0.0 | cut -d. -f2)
... ... @@ -149,83 +160,121 @@ AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_RELEASE,$app_cv_release)
149 160 AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE,$app_rls_major)
150 161 AC_SUBST(PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE,$app_rls_minor)
151 162  
152   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
153   -dnl Check for libintl
154   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  163 +case "$host" in
  164 + *-mingw32|*-pc-msys)
  165 + AC_SUBST(SONAME,hllapi.dll)
  166 + ;;
155 167  
156   -INTL_LIBS=""
  168 + s390x-*)
  169 + AC_SUBST(SONAME,libhllapi.so)
  170 + ;;
157 171  
158   -AC_PATH_TOOL([XGETTEXT], [xgettext], [no])
159   -AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGCAT], [msgcat], [no])
160   -AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGINIT], [msginit], [no])
161   -AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGMERGE], [msgmerge], [no])
162   -AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGFMT], [msgfmt], [no])
  172 + *)
  173 + AC_SUBST(SONAME,libhllapi.so.$app_vrs_major.$app_vrs_minor)
163 174  
164   -AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBS)
  175 +esac
165 176  
166 177 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
167   -dnl Check for LIB3270
  178 +dnl Check for doxygen
168 179 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
169 180  
170   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [LIB3270], [lib3270], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIB3270), AC_MSG_ERROR([LIB3270 not present.]))
171   -
172   -AC_SUBST(LIB3270_LIBS)
173   -AC_SUBST(LIB3270_CFLAGS)
174   -
175   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
176   -dnl Check for PW3270
177   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  181 +AC_PATH_TOOL([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
  182 +
  183 +dnl Help line for graphviz (optionally used by doxygen)
  184 +AC_ARG_ENABLE(graphviz,
  185 + AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-graphviz], [prevent doxygen from using dot]),
  186 + [wantgraphviz=$enableval], [wantgraphviz=yes])
  187 +
  188 +AC_CHECK_PROGS([GRAPHVIZDOT], [dot])
  189 +AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether doxygen should use graphviz])
  190 +if test "x$wantgraphviz" = "xyes" ; then
  191 + if test $GRAPHVIZDOT ; then
  192 + AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
  193 + usegraphviz=yes
  194 + else
  195 + AC_MSG_RESULT([no, graphviz missing])
  196 + usegraphviz=no
  197 + fi
  198 +else
  199 + AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
  200 + usegraphviz=no
  201 +fi
178 202  
179   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [PW3270], [pw3270], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PW3270), AC_MSG_ERROR([PW3270 not present.]))
  203 +AC_SUBST(HAVE_DOT,`echo $usegraphviz | tr yesno YESNO`)
180 204  
181   -AC_SUBST(PW3270_LIBS)
182   -AC_SUBST(PW3270_CFLAGS)
  205 +if test "x$DOXYGEN" != "x"; then
  206 + AC_CONFIG_FILES(doxygen/doxyfile)
  207 +fi
183 208  
184 209 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
185   -dnl Check for LIBV3270
  210 +dnl Check for C++ 2011 support
186 211 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
187   -
188   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [V3270], [libv3270], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_V3270), AC_MSG_ERROR([V3270 not present.]))
189   -
190   -AC_SUBST(V3270_LIBS)
191   -AC_SUBST(V3270_CFLAGS)
  212 +AC_DEFUN([AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG],
  213 +[AC_PREREQ(2.59)dnl for _AC_LANG_PREFIX
  214 +AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([CACHEVAR],[ax_cv_check_[]_AC_LANG_ABBREV[]flags_$4_$1])dnl
  215 +AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether _AC_LANG compiler accepts $1], CACHEVAR, [
  216 + ax_check_save_flags=$[]_AC_LANG_PREFIX[]FLAGS
  217 + _AC_LANG_PREFIX[]FLAGS="$[]_AC_LANG_PREFIX[]FLAGS $4 $1"
  218 + AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM()],
  219 + [AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,[yes])],
  220 + [AS_VAR_SET(CACHEVAR,[no])])
  221 + _AC_LANG_PREFIX[]FLAGS=$ax_check_save_flags])
  222 +AS_IF([test x"AS_VAR_GET(CACHEVAR)" = xyes],
  223 + [m4_default([$2], :)],
  224 + [m4_default([$3], :)])
  225 +AS_VAR_POPDEF([CACHEVAR])dnl
  226 +])dnl AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAGS
  227 +
  228 +AX_CHECK_COMPILE_FLAG([-std=gnu++11], [CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -std=gnu++11"])
192 229  
193 230 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
194   -dnl Check for GTK
  231 +dnl Check for libintl
195 232 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
196 233  
197   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [GTK], [gtk+-3.0], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GTK), AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not present.]))
  234 +INTL_LIBS=""
  235 +
  236 +AC_PATH_TOOL([XGETTEXT], [xgettext], [no])
  237 +AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGCAT], [msgcat], [no])
  238 +AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGINIT], [msginit], [no])
  239 +AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGMERGE], [msgmerge], [no])
  240 +AC_PATH_TOOL([MSGFMT], [msgfmt], [no])
198 241  
199   -AC_SUBST(GTK_LIBS)
200   -AC_SUBST(GTK_CFLAGS)
  242 +AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBS)
201 243  
202 244 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
203   -dnl Check for GLIB
  245 +dnl Check for IPC3270
204 246 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
205 247  
206   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [GLIB], [glib-2.0 gobject-2.0 gmodule-2.0 gio-2.0], AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GLIB), AC_MSG_ERROR([GLIB not present.] ))
207   -AC_SUBST(GLIB_LIBS)
208   -AC_SUBST(GLIB_CFLAGS)
  248 +AC_ARG_WITH([static-ipc3270],
  249 + [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-static-ipc3270], [Uses static version of ipc3270])],
  250 +[
  251 + app_cv_static_ipc3270=$withval
  252 +],[
  253 + app_cv_static_ipc3270="auto"
  254 +])
209 255  
210   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
211   -dnl Check for D-Bus
212   -dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  256 +if test "$app_cv_static_ipc3270" == "auto"; then
  257 + case "$host" in
  258 + *-mingw32|*-pc-msys)
  259 + app_cv_static_ipc3270="yes"
  260 + ;;
213 261  
214   -AC_PATH_TOOL([DBUSBINDINGTOOL],[dbus-binding-tool],[no])
  262 + *)
  263 + app_cv_static_ipc3270="no"
215 264  
216   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [DBUS], [dbus-1], app_cv_libdbus=yes, AC_MSG_NOTICE([ No DBUS support.]) )
217   -AC_SUBST(DBUS_LIBS)
218   -AC_SUBST(DBUS_CFLAGS)
  265 + esac
219 266  
220   -PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [GDBUS], [dbus-glib-1], app_cv_dbus=yes, AC_MSG_NOTICE([No GDBUS support.]) )
221   -AC_SUBST(GDBUS_LIBS)
222   -AC_SUBST(GDBUS_CFLAGS)
  267 +fi
223 268  
224   -if test "$app_cv_dbus" == "yes"; then
225   - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DBUS)
226   - DEPENDS="$DEPENDS src/include/dbus-glue.h"
  269 +if test "$app_cv_static_ipc3270" == "yes"; then
  270 + LDFLAGS="-static -static-libgcc -static-libstdc++ $LDFLAGS"
  271 + PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [IPC3270], [ipc3270-static], AC_DEFINE(USING_STATIC_IPC3270), AC_MSG_ERROR([IPC3270 not present.]))
  272 +else
  273 + PKG_CHECK_MODULES( [IPC3270], [ipc3270], AC_DEFINE(USING_SHARED_IPC3270), AC_MSG_ERROR([IPC3270 not present.]))
227 274 fi
228 275  
  276 +AC_SUBST(IPC3270_LIBS)
  277 +AC_SUBST(IPC3270_CFLAGS)
229 278  
230 279 dnl ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
231 280 dnl Check for pic
... ...
doxygen/doxyfile.in 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,1820 @@
  1 +# Doxyfile 1.8.2
  2 +
  3 +# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
  4 +# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
  5 +#
  6 +# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
  7 +# The format is:
  8 +# TAG = value [value, ...]
  9 +# For lists items can also be appended using:
  10 +# TAG += value [value, ...]
  11 +# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
  12 +
  13 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  14 +# Project related configuration options
  15 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  16 +
  17 +# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
  18 +# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
  19 +# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
  20 +# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
  21 +# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
  22 +
  23 +DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
  24 +
  25 +# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
  26 +# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
  27 +# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
  28 +
  29 +PROJECT_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
  30 +
  31 +# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
  32 +# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
  33 +# if some version control system is used.
  34 +
  35 +PROJECT_NUMBER = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
  36 +
  37 +# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
  38 +# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
  39 +# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
  40 +
  41 +PROJECT_BRIEF = "@PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION@"
  42 +
  43 +# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
  44 +# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
  45 +# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
  46 +# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
  47 +
  48 +PROJECT_LOGO = "@PACKAGE_NAME@.svg"
  49 +
  50 +# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
  51 +# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
  52 +# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
  53 +# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
  54 +
  55 +OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = @BASEDIR@/doxygen
  56 +
  57 +# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
  58 +# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
  59 +# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
  60 +# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
  61 +# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
  62 +# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
  63 +
  64 +CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
  65 +
  66 +# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
  67 +# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
  68 +# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
  69 +# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
  70 +# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
  71 +# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
  72 +# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
  73 +# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
  74 +# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
  75 +# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
  76 +
  77 +OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
  78 +
  79 +# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  80 +# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
  81 +# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
  82 +# Set to NO to disable this.
  83 +
  84 +BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
  85 +
  86 +# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
  87 +# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
  88 +# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
  89 +# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
  90 +
  91 +REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
  92 +
  93 +# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
  94 +# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
  95 +# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
  96 +# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
  97 +# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
  98 +# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
  99 +# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
  100 +# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
  101 +# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
  102 +
  103 +ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
  104 + "The $name widget" \
  105 + "The $name file" \
  106 + is \
  107 + provides \
  108 + specifies \
  109 + contains \
  110 + represents \
  111 + a \
  112 + an \
  113 + the
  114 +
  115 +# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
  116 +# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
  117 +# description.
  118 +
  119 +ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
  120 +
  121 +# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
  122 +# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
  123 +# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
  124 +# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
  125 +
  126 +INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
  127 +
  128 +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
  129 +# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
  130 +# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
  131 +
  132 +FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
  133 +
  134 +# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
  135 +# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
  136 +# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
  137 +# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
  138 +# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
  139 +# path to strip. Note that you specify absolute paths here, but also
  140 +# relative paths, which will be relative from the directory where doxygen is
  141 +# started.
  142 +
  143 +STRIP_FROM_PATH = @BASEDIR@/src
  144 +
  145 +# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
  146 +# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
  147 +# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
  148 +# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
  149 +# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
  150 +# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
  151 +
  152 +STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
  153 +
  154 +# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
  155 +# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
  156 +# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
  157 +
  158 +SHORT_NAMES = NO
  159 +
  160 +# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
  161 +# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
  162 +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
  163 +# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
  164 +# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
  165 +
  166 +JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
  167 +
  168 +# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
  169 +# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
  170 +# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
  171 +# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
  172 +# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
  173 +
  174 +QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
  175 +
  176 +# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
  177 +# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
  178 +# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
  179 +# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
  180 +# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
  181 +
  182 +MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
  183 +
  184 +# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
  185 +# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
  186 +# re-implements.
  187 +
  188 +INHERIT_DOCS = YES
  189 +
  190 +# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
  191 +# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
  192 +# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
  193 +
  194 +SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
  195 +
  196 +# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
  197 +# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
  198 +
  199 +TAB_SIZE = 4
  200 +
  201 +# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
  202 +# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
  203 +# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
  204 +# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
  205 +# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
  206 +# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
  207 +
  208 +ALIASES =
  209 +
  210 +# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
  211 +# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
  212 +# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
  213 +# itcl::class meaning.
  214 +
  215 +TCL_SUBST =
  216 +
  217 +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
  218 +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
  219 +# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
  220 +# of all members will be omitted, etc.
  221 +
  222 +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = NO
  223 +
  224 +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
  225 +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
  226 +# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
  227 +# scopes will look different, etc.
  228 +
  229 +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
  230 +
  231 +# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
  232 +# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
  233 +# Fortran.
  234 +
  235 +OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
  236 +
  237 +# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
  238 +# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
  239 +# VHDL.
  240 +
  241 +OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
  242 +
  243 +# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
  244 +# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
  245 +# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
  246 +# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension,
  247 +# and language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java,
  248 +# Javascript, CSharp, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C,
  249 +# C++. For instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default
  250 +# is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note
  251 +# that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the
  252 +# files are not read by doxygen.
  253 +
  254 +EXTENSION_MAPPING =
  255 +
  256 +# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
  257 +# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
  258 +# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
  259 +# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
  260 +# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
  261 +# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
  262 +
  263 +MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES
  264 +
  265 +# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented classes,
  266 +# or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can be
  267 +# prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word or
  268 +# globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
  269 +
  270 +AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
  271 +
  272 +# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
  273 +# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
  274 +# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
  275 +# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
  276 +# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
  277 +# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
  278 +
  279 +BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
  280 +
  281 +# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
  282 +# enable parsing support.
  283 +
  284 +CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
  285 +
  286 +# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
  287 +# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
  288 +# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
  289 +
  290 +SIP_SUPPORT = NO
  291 +
  292 +# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
  293 +# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the
  294 +# default) will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in
  295 +# the documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
  296 +# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
  297 +# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
  298 +
  299 +IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
  300 +
  301 +# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
  302 +# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
  303 +# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
  304 +# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
  305 +
  306 +DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
  307 +
  308 +# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
  309 +# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
  310 +# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
  311 +# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
  312 +# the \nosubgrouping command.
  313 +
  314 +SUBGROUPING = YES
  315 +
  316 +# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
  317 +# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
  318 +# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
  319 +# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
  320 +
  321 +INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
  322 +
  323 +# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
  324 +# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
  325 +# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
  326 +# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
  327 +# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
  328 +# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
  329 +
  330 +INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
  331 +
  332 +# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
  333 +# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
  334 +# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
  335 +# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
  336 +# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
  337 +# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
  338 +# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
  339 +
  340 +TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
  341 +
  342 +# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
  343 +# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
  344 +# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
  345 +# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
  346 +# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
  347 +# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
  348 +# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
  349 +# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
  350 +
  351 +LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
  352 +
  353 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  354 +# Build related configuration options
  355 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  356 +
  357 +# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
  358 +# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
  359 +# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
  360 +# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
  361 +
  362 +EXTRACT_ALL = YES
  363 +
  364 +# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
  365 +# will be included in the documentation.
  366 +
  367 +EXTRACT_PRIVATE = NO
  368 +
  369 +# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
  370 +# scope will be included in the documentation.
  371 +
  372 +EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
  373 +
  374 +# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
  375 +# will be included in the documentation.
  376 +
  377 +EXTRACT_STATIC = NO
  378 +
  379 +# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
  380 +# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
  381 +# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
  382 +
  383 +EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
  384 +
  385 +# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
  386 +# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
  387 +# the interface are included in the documentation.
  388 +# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
  389 +
  390 +EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
  391 +
  392 +# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
  393 +# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
  394 +# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
  395 +# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
  396 +# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
  397 +
  398 +EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
  399 +
  400 +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
  401 +# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
  402 +# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
  403 +# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
  404 +# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
  405 +
  406 +HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
  407 +
  408 +# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
  409 +# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
  410 +# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
  411 +# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
  412 +
  413 +HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
  414 +
  415 +# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
  416 +# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
  417 +# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
  418 +# documentation.
  419 +
  420 +HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
  421 +
  422 +# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
  423 +# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
  424 +# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
  425 +# function's detailed documentation block.
  426 +
  427 +HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
  428 +
  429 +# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
  430 +# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
  431 +# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
  432 +# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
  433 +
  434 +INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
  435 +
  436 +# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
  437 +# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
  438 +# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
  439 +# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
  440 +# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
  441 +
  442 +CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
  443 +
  444 +# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
  445 +# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
  446 +# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
  447 +
  448 +HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
  449 +
  450 +# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
  451 +# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
  452 +# of that file.
  453 +
  454 +SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
  455 +
  456 +# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
  457 +# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
  458 +# rather than with sharp brackets.
  459 +
  460 +FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
  461 +
  462 +# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
  463 +# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
  464 +
  465 +INLINE_INFO = YES
  466 +
  467 +# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
  468 +# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
  469 +# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
  470 +# declaration order.
  471 +
  472 +SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
  473 +
  474 +# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
  475 +# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
  476 +# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
  477 +# declaration order.
  478 +
  479 +SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
  480 +
  481 +# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
  482 +# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
  483 +# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
  484 +# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
  485 +# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
  486 +# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
  487 +# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
  488 +
  489 +SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
  490 +
  491 +# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
  492 +# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
  493 +# the group names will appear in their defined order.
  494 +
  495 +SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
  496 +
  497 +# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
  498 +# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
  499 +# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
  500 +# not including the namespace part.
  501 +# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
  502 +# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
  503 +# alphabetical list.
  504 +
  505 +SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
  506 +
  507 +# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
  508 +# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
  509 +# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
  510 +# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
  511 +# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
  512 +# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
  513 +
  514 +STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
  515 +
  516 +# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
  517 +# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
  518 +# commands in the documentation.
  519 +
  520 +GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES
  521 +
  522 +# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
  523 +# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
  524 +# commands in the documentation.
  525 +
  526 +GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES
  527 +
  528 +# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
  529 +# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
  530 +# commands in the documentation.
  531 +
  532 +GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES
  533 +
  534 +# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
  535 +# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
  536 +# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
  537 +
  538 +GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
  539 +
  540 +# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
  541 +# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
  542 +
  543 +ENABLED_SECTIONS =
  544 +
  545 +# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
  546 +# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
  547 +# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
  548 +# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
  549 +# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
  550 +# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
  551 +# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
  552 +
  553 +MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
  554 +
  555 +# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
  556 +# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
  557 +# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
  558 +
  559 +SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
  560 +
  561 +# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
  562 +# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
  563 +# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
  564 +
  565 +SHOW_FILES = YES
  566 +
  567 +# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
  568 +# Namespaces page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
  569 +# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
  570 +
  571 +SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
  572 +
  573 +# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
  574 +# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
  575 +# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
  576 +# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
  577 +# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
  578 +# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
  579 +# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
  580 +
  581 +FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
  582 +
  583 +# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
  584 +# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
  585 +# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
  586 +# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
  587 +# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
  588 +# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
  589 +
  590 +LAYOUT_FILE =
  591 +
  592 +# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
  593 +# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
  594 +# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
  595 +# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
  596 +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
  597 +# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
  598 +# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
  599 +
  600 +CITE_BIB_FILES =
  601 +
  602 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  603 +# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
  604 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  605 +
  606 +# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
  607 +# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
  608 +
  609 +QUIET = YES
  610 +
  611 +# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
  612 +# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
  613 +# NO is used.
  614 +
  615 +WARNINGS = YES
  616 +
  617 +# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
  618 +# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
  619 +# automatically be disabled.
  620 +
  621 +WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
  622 +
  623 +# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
  624 +# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
  625 +# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
  626 +# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
  627 +
  628 +WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
  629 +
  630 +# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
  631 +# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
  632 +# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
  633 +# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
  634 +# documentation.
  635 +
  636 +WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO
  637 +
  638 +# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
  639 +# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
  640 +# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
  641 +# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
  642 +# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
  643 +# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
  644 +
  645 +WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
  646 +
  647 +# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
  648 +# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
  649 +# to stderr.
  650 +
  651 +WARN_LOGFILE = @BASEDIR@/doxygen/doxygen.log
  652 +
  653 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  654 +# configuration options related to the input files
  655 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  656 +
  657 +# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
  658 +# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
  659 +# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
  660 +# with spaces.
  661 +
  662 +INPUT = @BASEDIR@/src
  663 +
  664 +# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
  665 +# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
  666 +# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
  667 +# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
  668 +# the list of possible encodings.
  669 +
  670 +INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
  671 +
  672 +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
  673 +# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
  674 +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
  675 +# blank the following patterns are tested:
  676 +# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
  677 +# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
  678 +# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
  679 +
  680 +FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \
  681 + *.cc \
  682 + *.cxx \
  683 + *.cpp \
  684 + *.c++ \
  685 + *.d \
  686 + *.java \
  687 + *.ii \
  688 + *.ixx \
  689 + *.ipp \
  690 + *.i++ \
  691 + *.inl \
  692 + *.h \
  693 + *.hh \
  694 + *.hxx \
  695 + *.hpp \
  696 + *.h++ \
  697 + *.idl \
  698 + *.odl \
  699 + *.cs \
  700 + *.php \
  701 + *.php3 \
  702 + *.inc \
  703 + *.m \
  704 + *.markdown \
  705 + *.md \
  706 + *.mm \
  707 + *.dox \
  708 + *.py \
  709 + *.f90 \
  710 + *.f \
  711 + *.for \
  712 + *.vhd \
  713 + *.vhdl \
  714 + *.js \
  715 + *.xml
  716 +
  717 +# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
  718 +# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
  719 +# If left blank NO is used.
  720 +
  721 +RECURSIVE = YES
  722 +
  723 +# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
  724 +# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
  725 +# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
  726 +# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
  727 +# run.
  728 +
  729 +EXCLUDE =
  730 +
  731 +# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
  732 +# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
  733 +# from the input.
  734 +
  735 +EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = YES
  736 +
  737 +# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
  738 +# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
  739 +# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
  740 +# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
  741 +# for example use the pattern */test/*
  742 +
  743 +EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
  744 +
  745 +# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
  746 +# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
  747 +# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
  748 +# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
  749 +# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
  750 +
  751 +EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS =
  752 +
  753 +# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
  754 +# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
  755 +# the \include command).
  756 +
  757 +EXAMPLE_PATH =
  758 +
  759 +# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
  760 +# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
  761 +# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
  762 +# blank all files are included.
  763 +
  764 +EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
  765 +
  766 +# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
  767 +# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
  768 +# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
  769 +# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
  770 +
  771 +EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
  772 +
  773 +# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
  774 +# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
  775 +# the \image command).
  776 +
  777 +IMAGE_PATH =
  778 +
  779 +# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
  780 +# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
  781 +# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
  782 +# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
  783 +# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
  784 +# to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
  785 +# ignored.
  786 +
  787 +INPUT_FILTER =
  788 +
  789 +# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
  790 +# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
  791 +# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form:
  792 +# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
  793 +# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
  794 +# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
  795 +
  796 +FILTER_PATTERNS =
  797 +
  798 +# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
  799 +# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
  800 +# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
  801 +
  802 +FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
  803 +
  804 +# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
  805 +# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
  806 +# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
  807 +# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
  808 +# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
  809 +
  810 +FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
  811 +
  812 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  813 +# configuration options related to source browsing
  814 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  815 +
  816 +# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
  817 +# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
  818 +# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
  819 +# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
  820 +
  821 +SOURCE_BROWSER = YES
  822 +
  823 +# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
  824 +# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
  825 +
  826 +INLINE_SOURCES = NO
  827 +
  828 +# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
  829 +# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
  830 +# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
  831 +
  832 +STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
  833 +
  834 +# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
  835 +# then for each documented function all documented
  836 +# functions referencing it will be listed.
  837 +
  838 +REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
  839 +
  840 +# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
  841 +# then for each documented function all documented entities
  842 +# called/used by that function will be listed.
  843 +
  844 +REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
  845 +
  846 +# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
  847 +# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
  848 +# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
  849 +# link to the source code. Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
  850 +
  851 +REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
  852 +
  853 +# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
  854 +# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
  855 +# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
  856 +# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
  857 +# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
  858 +
  859 +USE_HTAGS = NO
  860 +
  861 +# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
  862 +# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
  863 +# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
  864 +
  865 +VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES
  866 +
  867 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  868 +# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
  869 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  870 +
  871 +# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
  872 +# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
  873 +# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
  874 +
  875 +ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
  876 +
  877 +# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
  878 +# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
  879 +# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
  880 +
  881 +COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
  882 +
  883 +# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
  884 +# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
  885 +# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
  886 +# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
  887 +
  888 +IGNORE_PREFIX =
  889 +
  890 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  891 +# configuration options related to the HTML output
  892 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  893 +
  894 +# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  895 +# generate HTML output.
  896 +
  897 +GENERATE_HTML = YES
  898 +
  899 +# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
  900 +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
  901 +# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
  902 +
  903 +HTML_OUTPUT = html
  904 +
  905 +# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
  906 +# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
  907 +# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
  908 +
  909 +HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
  910 +
  911 +# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
  912 +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
  913 +# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
  914 +# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
  915 +# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
  916 +# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
  917 +# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
  918 +# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
  919 +# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
  920 +# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
  921 +
  922 +HTML_HEADER =
  923 +
  924 +# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
  925 +# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
  926 +# standard footer.
  927 +
  928 +HTML_FOOTER =
  929 +
  930 +# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
  931 +# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
  932 +# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will
  933 +# generate a default style sheet. Note that it is recommended to use
  934 +# HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this one, as it is more robust and this
  935 +# tag will in the future become obsolete.
  936 +
  937 +HTML_STYLESHEET =
  938 +
  939 +# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify an additional
  940 +# user-defined cascading style sheet that is included after the standard
  941 +# style sheets created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule
  942 +# certain style aspects. This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET
  943 +# since it does not replace the standard style sheet and is therefor more
  944 +# robust against future updates. Doxygen will copy the style sheet file to
  945 +# the output directory.
  946 +
  947 +HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
  948 +
  949 +# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
  950 +# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
  951 +# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
  952 +# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
  953 +# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
  954 +# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
  955 +
  956 +HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
  957 +
  958 +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
  959 +# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
  960 +# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
  961 +# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
  962 +# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
  963 +# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
  964 +# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
  965 +
  966 +HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
  967 +
  968 +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
  969 +# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
  970 +# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
  971 +
  972 +HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
  973 +
  974 +# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
  975 +# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
  976 +# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
  977 +# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
  978 +# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
  979 +# and 100 does not change the gamma.
  980 +
  981 +HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
  982 +
  983 +# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
  984 +# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
  985 +# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
  986 +
  987 +HTML_TIMESTAMP = YES
  988 +
  989 +# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
  990 +# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
  991 +# page has loaded.
  992 +
  993 +HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = NO
  994 +
  995 +# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
  996 +# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
  997 +# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
  998 +# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
  999 +# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
  1000 +# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
  1001 +# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
  1002 +# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
  1003 +
  1004 +HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
  1005 +
  1006 +# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
  1007 +# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
  1008 +# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
  1009 +# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
  1010 +# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
  1011 +# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
  1012 +# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
  1013 +# it at startup.
  1014 +# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
  1015 +# for more information.
  1016 +
  1017 +GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
  1018 +
  1019 +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
  1020 +# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
  1021 +# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
  1022 +# can be grouped.
  1023 +
  1024 +DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
  1025 +
  1026 +# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
  1027 +# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
  1028 +# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
  1029 +# will append .docset to the name.
  1030 +
  1031 +DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
  1032 +
  1033 +# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely
  1034 +# identify the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name
  1035 +# style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
  1036 +
  1037 +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
  1038 +
  1039 +# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
  1040 +
  1041 +DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
  1042 +
  1043 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
  1044 +# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
  1045 +# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
  1046 +# of the generated HTML documentation.
  1047 +
  1048 +GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
  1049 +
  1050 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
  1051 +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
  1052 +# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
  1053 +# written to the html output directory.
  1054 +
  1055 +CHM_FILE =
  1056 +
  1057 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
  1058 +# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
  1059 +# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
  1060 +# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
  1061 +
  1062 +HHC_LOCATION =
  1063 +
  1064 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
  1065 +# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
  1066 +# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
  1067 +
  1068 +GENERATE_CHI = NO
  1069 +
  1070 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
  1071 +# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
  1072 +# content.
  1073 +
  1074 +CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
  1075 +
  1076 +# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
  1077 +# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
  1078 +# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
  1079 +
  1080 +BINARY_TOC = NO
  1081 +
  1082 +# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
  1083 +# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
  1084 +
  1085 +TOC_EXPAND = NO
  1086 +
  1087 +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
  1088 +# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
  1089 +# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
  1090 +# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
  1091 +
  1092 +GENERATE_QHP = NO
  1093 +
  1094 +# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
  1095 +# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
  1096 +# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
  1097 +
  1098 +QCH_FILE =
  1099 +
  1100 +# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
  1101 +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
  1102 +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
  1103 +
  1104 +QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
  1105 +
  1106 +# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
  1107 +# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
  1108 +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
  1109 +
  1110 +QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
  1111 +
  1112 +# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
  1113 +# add. For more information please see
  1114 +# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
  1115 +
  1116 +QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
  1117 +
  1118 +# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
  1119 +# custom filter to add. For more information please see
  1120 +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
  1121 +# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
  1122 +
  1123 +QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
  1124 +
  1125 +# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
  1126 +# project's
  1127 +# filter section matches.
  1128 +# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
  1129 +# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
  1130 +
  1131 +QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
  1132 +
  1133 +# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
  1134 +# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
  1135 +# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
  1136 +# .qhp file.
  1137 +
  1138 +QHG_LOCATION =
  1139 +
  1140 +# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
  1141 +# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
  1142 +# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
  1143 +# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
  1144 +# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
  1145 +# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
  1146 +# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
  1147 +# the help appears.
  1148 +
  1149 +GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
  1150 +
  1151 +# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
  1152 +# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
  1153 +# this name.
  1154 +
  1155 +ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
  1156 +
  1157 +# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
  1158 +# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
  1159 +# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
  1160 +# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
  1161 +# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
  1162 +
  1163 +DISABLE_INDEX = NO
  1164 +
  1165 +# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
  1166 +# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
  1167 +# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
  1168 +# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
  1169 +# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
  1170 +# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
  1171 +# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
  1172 +# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
  1173 +# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
  1174 +
  1175 +GENERATE_TREEVIEW = NO
  1176 +
  1177 +# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
  1178 +# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
  1179 +# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
  1180 +# values from appearing in the overview section.
  1181 +
  1182 +ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4
  1183 +
  1184 +# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
  1185 +# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
  1186 +# is shown.
  1187 +
  1188 +TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
  1189 +
  1190 +# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
  1191 +# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
  1192 +
  1193 +EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
  1194 +
  1195 +# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
  1196 +# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
  1197 +# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
  1198 +# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
  1199 +# to force them to be regenerated.
  1200 +
  1201 +FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
  1202 +
  1203 +# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
  1204 +# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
  1205 +# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
  1206 +# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
  1207 +# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
  1208 +
  1209 +FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
  1210 +
  1211 +# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
  1212 +# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
  1213 +# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
  1214 +# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
  1215 +# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
  1216 +# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
  1217 +
  1218 +USE_MATHJAX = NO
  1219 +
  1220 +# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
  1221 +# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
  1222 +# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
  1223 +# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
  1224 +# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
  1225 +# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
  1226 +# installing MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
  1227 +# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
  1228 +
  1229 +MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
  1230 +
  1231 +# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
  1232 +# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
  1233 +
  1234 +MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
  1235 +
  1236 +# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
  1237 +# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
  1238 +# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
  1239 +# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
  1240 +# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
  1241 +# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
  1242 +# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
  1243 +
  1244 +SEARCHENGINE = YES
  1245 +
  1246 +# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
  1247 +# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
  1248 +# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
  1249 +# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
  1250 +# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
  1251 +# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
  1252 +# and does not have live searching capabilities.
  1253 +
  1254 +SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
  1255 +
  1256 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1257 +# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
  1258 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1259 +
  1260 +# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1261 +# generate Latex output.
  1262 +
  1263 +GENERATE_LATEX = NO
  1264 +
  1265 +# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
  1266 +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
  1267 +# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
  1268 +
  1269 +LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
  1270 +
  1271 +# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
  1272 +# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
  1273 +# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
  1274 +# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
  1275 +# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
  1276 +
  1277 +LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
  1278 +
  1279 +# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
  1280 +# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
  1281 +# default command name.
  1282 +
  1283 +MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
  1284 +
  1285 +# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
  1286 +# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
  1287 +# save some trees in general.
  1288 +
  1289 +COMPACT_LATEX = NO
  1290 +
  1291 +# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
  1292 +# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
  1293 +# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
  1294 +
  1295 +PAPER_TYPE = a4
  1296 +
  1297 +# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
  1298 +# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
  1299 +
  1300 +EXTRA_PACKAGES =
  1301 +
  1302 +# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
  1303 +# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
  1304 +# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
  1305 +# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
  1306 +
  1307 +LATEX_HEADER =
  1308 +
  1309 +# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
  1310 +# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
  1311 +# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
  1312 +# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
  1313 +
  1314 +LATEX_FOOTER =
  1315 +
  1316 +# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
  1317 +# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
  1318 +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
  1319 +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
  1320 +
  1321 +PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
  1322 +
  1323 +# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
  1324 +# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
  1325 +# higher quality PDF documentation.
  1326 +
  1327 +USE_PDFLATEX = YES
  1328 +
  1329 +# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
  1330 +# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
  1331 +# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
  1332 +# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
  1333 +
  1334 +LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
  1335 +
  1336 +# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
  1337 +# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
  1338 +# in the output.
  1339 +
  1340 +LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
  1341 +
  1342 +# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
  1343 +# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
  1344 +# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
  1345 +# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
  1346 +
  1347 +LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
  1348 +
  1349 +# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
  1350 +# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
  1351 +# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
  1352 +
  1353 +LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
  1354 +
  1355 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1356 +# configuration options related to the RTF output
  1357 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1358 +
  1359 +# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
  1360 +# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
  1361 +# other RTF readers or editors.
  1362 +
  1363 +GENERATE_RTF = YES
  1364 +
  1365 +# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
  1366 +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
  1367 +# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
  1368 +
  1369 +RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
  1370 +
  1371 +# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
  1372 +# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
  1373 +# save some trees in general.
  1374 +
  1375 +COMPACT_RTF = NO
  1376 +
  1377 +# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
  1378 +# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
  1379 +# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
  1380 +# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
  1381 +# programs which support those fields.
  1382 +# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
  1383 +
  1384 +RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
  1385 +
  1386 +# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
  1387 +# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
  1388 +# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
  1389 +
  1390 +RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
  1391 +
  1392 +# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
  1393 +# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
  1394 +
  1395 +RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
  1396 +
  1397 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1398 +# configuration options related to the man page output
  1399 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1400 +
  1401 +# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1402 +# generate man pages
  1403 +
  1404 +GENERATE_MAN = NO
  1405 +
  1406 +# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
  1407 +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
  1408 +# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
  1409 +
  1410 +MAN_OUTPUT = man
  1411 +
  1412 +# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
  1413 +# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
  1414 +
  1415 +MAN_EXTENSION = .3
  1416 +
  1417 +# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
  1418 +# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
  1419 +# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
  1420 +# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
  1421 +# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
  1422 +
  1423 +MAN_LINKS = NO
  1424 +
  1425 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1426 +# configuration options related to the XML output
  1427 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1428 +
  1429 +# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
  1430 +# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
  1431 +# the code including all documentation.
  1432 +
  1433 +GENERATE_XML = NO
  1434 +
  1435 +# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
  1436 +# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
  1437 +# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
  1438 +
  1439 +XML_OUTPUT = xml
  1440 +
  1441 +# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
  1442 +# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
  1443 +# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
  1444 +# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
  1445 +
  1446 +XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
  1447 +
  1448 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1449 +# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
  1450 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1451 +
  1452 +# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
  1453 +# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
  1454 +# that captures the structure of the code including all
  1455 +# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
  1456 +# and incomplete at the moment.
  1457 +
  1458 +GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
  1459 +
  1460 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1461 +# configuration options related to the Perl module output
  1462 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1463 +
  1464 +# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
  1465 +# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
  1466 +# the code including all documentation. Note that this
  1467 +# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
  1468 +# moment.
  1469 +
  1470 +GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
  1471 +
  1472 +# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
  1473 +# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
  1474 +# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
  1475 +
  1476 +PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
  1477 +
  1478 +# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
  1479 +# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful
  1480 +# if you want to understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this
  1481 +# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
  1482 +# and Perl will parse it just the same.
  1483 +
  1484 +PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
  1485 +
  1486 +# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
  1487 +# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
  1488 +# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
  1489 +# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
  1490 +
  1491 +PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
  1492 +
  1493 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1494 +# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
  1495 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1496 +
  1497 +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1498 +# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
  1499 +# files.
  1500 +
  1501 +ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
  1502 +
  1503 +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
  1504 +# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
  1505 +# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
  1506 +# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
  1507 +
  1508 +MACRO_EXPANSION = NO
  1509 +
  1510 +# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
  1511 +# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
  1512 +# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
  1513 +
  1514 +EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = NO
  1515 +
  1516 +# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
  1517 +# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
  1518 +
  1519 +SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
  1520 +
  1521 +# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
  1522 +# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
  1523 +# the preprocessor.
  1524 +
  1525 +INCLUDE_PATH =
  1526 +
  1527 +# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
  1528 +# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
  1529 +# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
  1530 +# be used.
  1531 +
  1532 +INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
  1533 +
  1534 +# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
  1535 +# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
  1536 +# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
  1537 +# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
  1538 +# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
  1539 +# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
  1540 +# instead of the = operator.
  1541 +
  1542 +PREDEFINED =
  1543 +
  1544 +# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
  1545 +# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
  1546 +# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
  1547 +# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
  1548 +# overrules the definition found in the source code.
  1549 +
  1550 +EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
  1551 +
  1552 +# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
  1553 +# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
  1554 +# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
  1555 +# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
  1556 +
  1557 +SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
  1558 +
  1559 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1560 +# Configuration::additions related to external references
  1561 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1562 +
  1563 +# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
  1564 +# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
  1565 +# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
  1566 +# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
  1567 +# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
  1568 +# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
  1569 +# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
  1570 +# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
  1571 +# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
  1572 +# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
  1573 +
  1574 +TAGFILES =
  1575 +
  1576 +# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
  1577 +# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
  1578 +
  1579 +GENERATE_TAGFILE =
  1580 +
  1581 +# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
  1582 +# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
  1583 +# will be listed.
  1584 +
  1585 +ALLEXTERNALS = NO
  1586 +
  1587 +# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
  1588 +# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
  1589 +# be listed.
  1590 +
  1591 +EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
  1592 +
  1593 +# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
  1594 +# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
  1595 +
  1596 +PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
  1597 +
  1598 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1599 +# Configuration options related to the dot tool
  1600 +#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1601 +
  1602 +# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1603 +# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
  1604 +# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
  1605 +# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
  1606 +# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
  1607 +
  1608 +CLASS_DIAGRAMS = YES
  1609 +
  1610 +# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
  1611 +# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
  1612 +# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
  1613 +# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
  1614 +# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
  1615 +# default search path.
  1616 +
  1617 +MSCGEN_PATH =
  1618 +
  1619 +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
  1620 +# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
  1621 +# or is not a class.
  1622 +
  1623 +HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
  1624 +
  1625 +# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
  1626 +# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
  1627 +# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
  1628 +# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
  1629 +
  1630 +HAVE_DOT = @HAVE_DOT@
  1631 +
  1632 +# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
  1633 +# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
  1634 +# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
  1635 +# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
  1636 +# between CPU load and processing speed.
  1637 +
  1638 +DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
  1639 +
  1640 +# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
  1641 +# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
  1642 +# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
  1643 +# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
  1644 +# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
  1645 +# directory containing the font.
  1646 +
  1647 +DOT_FONTNAME = Helvetica
  1648 +
  1649 +# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
  1650 +# The default size is 10pt.
  1651 +
  1652 +DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
  1653 +
  1654 +# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
  1655 +# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
  1656 +# set the path where dot can find it.
  1657 +
  1658 +DOT_FONTPATH =
  1659 +
  1660 +# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
  1661 +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
  1662 +# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
  1663 +# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
  1664 +
  1665 +CLASS_GRAPH = YES
  1666 +
  1667 +# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
  1668 +# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
  1669 +# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
  1670 +# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
  1671 +
  1672 +COLLABORATION_GRAPH = YES
  1673 +
  1674 +# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
  1675 +# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
  1676 +
  1677 +GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
  1678 +
  1679 +# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
  1680 +# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
  1681 +# Language.
  1682 +
  1683 +UML_LOOK = NO
  1684 +
  1685 +# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
  1686 +# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
  1687 +# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
  1688 +# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
  1689 +# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
  1690 +# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
  1691 +
  1692 +UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
  1693 +
  1694 +# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
  1695 +# relations between templates and their instances.
  1696 +
  1697 +TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
  1698 +
  1699 +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
  1700 +# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
  1701 +# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
  1702 +# other documented files.
  1703 +
  1704 +INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
  1705 +
  1706 +# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
  1707 +# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
  1708 +# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
  1709 +# indirectly include this file.
  1710 +
  1711 +INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
  1712 +
  1713 +# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
  1714 +# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
  1715 +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
  1716 +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
  1717 +# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
  1718 +
  1719 +CALL_GRAPH = NO
  1720 +
  1721 +# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
  1722 +# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
  1723 +# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
  1724 +# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
  1725 +# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
  1726 +
  1727 +CALLER_GRAPH = NO
  1728 +
  1729 +# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
  1730 +# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
  1731 +
  1732 +GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = YES
  1733 +
  1734 +# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
  1735 +# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
  1736 +# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
  1737 +# relations between the files in the directories.
  1738 +
  1739 +DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
  1740 +
  1741 +# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
  1742 +# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
  1743 +# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
  1744 +# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
  1745 +# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
  1746 +
  1747 +DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
  1748 +
  1749 +# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
  1750 +# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
  1751 +# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
  1752 +# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
  1753 +# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
  1754 +# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
  1755 +
  1756 +INTERACTIVE_SVG = YES
  1757 +
  1758 +# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
  1759 +# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
  1760 +
  1761 +DOT_PATH =
  1762 +
  1763 +# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
  1764 +# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
  1765 +# \dotfile command).
  1766 +
  1767 +DOTFILE_DIRS =
  1768 +
  1769 +# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
  1770 +# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
  1771 +# \mscfile command).
  1772 +
  1773 +MSCFILE_DIRS =
  1774 +
  1775 +# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
  1776 +# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
  1777 +# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
  1778 +# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
  1779 +# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
  1780 +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
  1781 +# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
  1782 +
  1783 +DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 50
  1784 +
  1785 +# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
  1786 +# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
  1787 +# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
  1788 +# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
  1789 +# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
  1790 +# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
  1791 +# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
  1792 +
  1793 +MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 0
  1794 +
  1795 +# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
  1796 +# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
  1797 +# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
  1798 +# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
  1799 +# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
  1800 +
  1801 +DOT_TRANSPARENT = NO
  1802 +
  1803 +# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
  1804 +# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
  1805 +# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
  1806 +# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
  1807 +
  1808 +DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
  1809 +
  1810 +# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1811 +# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
  1812 +# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
  1813 +
  1814 +GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
  1815 +
  1816 +# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
  1817 +# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
  1818 +# the various graphs.
  1819 +
  1820 +DOT_CLEANUP = YES
... ...
hllapi.cbp
... ... @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
2 2 <CodeBlocks_project_file>
3 3 <FileVersion major="1" minor="6" />
4 4 <Project>
5   - <Option title="pw3270 HLLAPI v5.1 compatibility plugin" />
  5 + <Option title="HLLAPI Language binding for pw3270/lib3270" />
6 6 <Option makefile_is_custom="1" />
7 7 <Option pch_mode="2" />
8 8 <Option compiler="gcc" />
... ... @@ -32,45 +32,20 @@
32 32 <Compiler>
33 33 <Add option="-Wall" />
34 34 </Compiler>
35   - <Unit filename="src/daemon/linux/daemon.c">
36   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
37   - </Unit>
38   - <Unit filename="src/daemon/linux/iocallback.c">
39   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
40   - </Unit>
41   - <Unit filename="src/hllapi/calls.cc" />
42   - <Unit filename="src/hllapi/client.h" />
43   - <Unit filename="src/hllapi/hllapi.c">
44   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
45   - </Unit>
46   - <Unit filename="src/hllapi/remotectl.h" />
  35 + <Unit filename="src/core/actions.cc" />
  36 + <Unit filename="src/core/calls.cc" />
  37 + <Unit filename="src/core/controller.cc" />
  38 + <Unit filename="src/core/cursor.cc" />
  39 + <Unit filename="src/core/get.cc" />
  40 + <Unit filename="src/core/hllapi.cc" />
  41 + <Unit filename="src/core/keyboard.cc" />
  42 + <Unit filename="src/core/private.h" />
  43 + <Unit filename="src/core/set.cc" />
  44 + <Unit filename="src/core/tools.cc" />
  45 + <Unit filename="src/core/windows/resources.rc" />
47 46 <Unit filename="src/include/config.h" />
48   - <Unit filename="src/include/dbus-glue.h" />
49   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/daemon.h" />
50   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/globals.h" />
51   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/gobject.c">
52   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
53   - </Unit>
54   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/main.c">
55   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
56   - </Unit>
57   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/misc.c">
58   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
59   - </Unit>
60   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/linux/service.h" />
61   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/windows/main.c">
62   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
63   - </Unit>
64   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/windows/private.h" />
65   - <Unit filename="src/ipc3270c/windows/resources.rc" />
66   - <Unit filename="src/plugin/windows/private.h" />
67   - <Unit filename="src/plugin/windows/resources.rc" />
68   - <Unit filename="src/testprograms/hllapi.c">
69   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
70   - </Unit>
71   - <Unit filename="src/testprograms/ipc3270c.c">
72   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
73   - </Unit>
  47 + <Unit filename="src/include/lib3270/hllapi.h" />
  48 + <Unit filename="src/testprogram/testprogram.cc" />
74 49 <Extensions>
75 50 <code_completion />
76 51 <envvars />
... ...
pw3270dbus.xml
... ... @@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
1   -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
2   -<node name="/br/com/bb/pw3270">
3   - <interface name="br.com.bb.pw3270">
4   - <method name="getRevision">
5   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
6   - <arg type="s" name="revision" direction="out" />
7   - </method>
8   - <method name="quit">
9   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
10   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
11   - </method>
12   - <method name="connect">
13   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
14   - <arg type="s" name="uri" direction="in" />
15   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
16   - </method>
17   - <method name="setURL">
18   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
19   - <arg type="s" name="uri" direction="in" />
20   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
21   - </method>
22   - <method name="getURL">
23   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
24   - <arg type="s" name="uri" direction="out" />
25   - </method>
26   - <method name="disconnect">
27   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
28   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
29   - </method>
30   - <method name="getMessageID">
31   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
32   - <arg type="i" name="status" direction="out" />
33   - </method>
34   - <method name="getConnectionState">
35   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
36   - <arg type="i" name="status" direction="out" />
37   - </method>
38   - <method name="getSecureState">
39   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
40   - <arg type="i" name="status" direction="out" />
41   - </method>
42   - <method name="getScreenContents">
43   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
44   - <arg type="s" name="contents" direction="out" />
45   - </method>
46   - <method name="enter">
47   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
48   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
49   - </method>
50   - <method name="pfKey">
51   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
52   - <arg type="i" name="key" direction="in" />
53   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
54   - </method>
55   - <method name="paKey">
56   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
57   - <arg type="i" name="key" direction="in" />
58   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
59   - </method>
60   - <method name="input">
61   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
62   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="in" />
63   - </method>
64   - <method name="setTextAt">
65   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
66   - <arg type="i" name="row" direction="in" />
67   - <arg type="i" name="col" direction="in" />
68   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="in" />
69   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
70   - </method>
71   - <method name="getTextAt">
72   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
73   - <arg type="i" name="row" direction="in" />
74   - <arg type="i" name="col" direction="in" />
75   - <arg type="i" name="len" direction="in" />
76   - <arg type="y" name="lf" direction="in" />
77   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="out" />
78   - </method>
79   - <method name="getText">
80   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
81   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
82   - <arg type="i" name="len" direction="in" />
83   - <arg type="y" name="lf" direction="in" />
84   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="out" />
85   - </method>
86   - <method name="setClipboard">
87   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
88   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="in" />
89   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
90   - </method>
91   - <method name="getClipboard">
92   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
93   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="out" />
94   - </method>
95   - <method name="isConnected">
96   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
97   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
98   - </method>
99   - <method name="isReady">
100   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
101   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
102   - </method>
103   - <method name="inTN3270E">
104   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
105   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
106   - </method>
107   - <method name="waitForReady">
108   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
109   - <arg type="i" name="timeout" direction="in" />
110   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
111   - </method>
112   - <method name="setCursorAt">
113   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
114   - <arg type="i" name="row" direction="in" />
115   - <arg type="i" name="col" direction="in" />
116   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
117   - </method>
118   - <method name="setCursorAddress">
119   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
120   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
121   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
122   - </method>
123   - <method name="getCursorAddress">
124   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
125   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="out" />
126   - </method>
127   - <method name="getScreenWidth">
128   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
129   - <arg type="i" name="width" direction="out" />
130   - </method>
131   - <method name="getScreenHeight">
132   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
133   - <arg type="i" name="height" direction="out" />
134   - </method>
135   - <method name="getScreenLength">
136   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
137   - <arg type="i" name="len" direction="out" />
138   - </method>
139   - <method name="getNextUnprotected">
140   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
141   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
142   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
143   - </method>
144   - <method name="getIsProtected">
145   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
146   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
147   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
148   - </method>
149   - <method name="getIsProtectedAt">
150   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
151   - <arg type="i" name="row" direction="in" />
152   - <arg type="i" name="col" direction="in" />
153   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
154   - </method>
155   - <method name="setToggle">
156   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
157   - <arg type="i" name="id" direction="in" />
158   - <arg type="i" name="value" direction="in" />
159   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
160   - </method>
161   - <method name="cmpTextAt">
162   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
163   - <arg type="i" name="row" direction="in" />
164   - <arg type="i" name="col" direction="in" />
165   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="in" />
166   - <arg type="y" name="lf" direction="in" />
167   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
168   - </method>
169   - <method name="getFieldStart">
170   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
171   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
172   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
173   - </method>
174   - <method name="getFieldLength">
175   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
176   - <arg type="i" name="addr" direction="in" />
177   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
178   - </method>
179   - <method name="setScript">
180   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
181   - <arg type="s" name="id" direction="in" />
182   - <arg type="i" name="status" direction="in" />
183   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
184   - </method>
185   - <method name="showPopup">
186   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
187   - <arg type="i" name="id" direction="in" />
188   - <arg type="s" name="title" direction="in" />
189   - <arg type="s" name="msg" direction="in" />
190   - <arg type="s" name="text" direction="in" />
191   - </method>
192   - <method name="getHostCharset">
193   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
194   - <arg type="s" name="charset" direction="out" />
195   - </method>
196   - <method name="getDisplayCharset">
197   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
198   - <arg type="s" name="charset" direction="out" />
199   - </method>
200   - <method name="setHostCharset">
201   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
202   - <arg type="s" name="charset" direction="in" />
203   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
204   - </method>
205   - <method name="eraseEof">
206   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
207   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
208   - </method>
209   - <method name="print">
210   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
211   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
212   - </method>
213   - <method name="ebc2asc">
214   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
215   - <arg type="s" name="from" direction="in" />
216   - <arg type="s" name="to" direction="out" />
217   - </method>
218   - <method name="asc2ebc">
219   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
220   - <arg type="s" name="from" direction="in" />
221   - <arg type="s" name="to" direction="out" />
222   - </method>
223   -
224   - <method name="action">
225   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
226   - <arg type="s" name="name" direction="in" />
227   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
228   - </method>
229   -
230   - <method name="filetransfer">
231   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
232   - <arg type="s" name="local" direction="in" />
233   - <arg type="s" name="remote" direction="in" />
234   - <arg type="i" name="flags" direction="in" />
235   - <arg type="i" name="lrecl" direction="in" />
236   - <arg type="i" name="blksize" direction="in" />
237   - <arg type="i" name="primspace" direction="in" />
238   - <arg type="i" name="secspace" direction="in" />
239   - <arg type="i" name="dft" direction="in" />
240   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
241   - </method>
242   -
243   - <method name="setUnlockDelay">
244   - <annotation name="org.freedesktop.DBus.GLib.Async" value="true"/>
245   - <arg type="i" name="value" direction="in" />
246   - <arg type="i" name="result" direction="out" />
247   - </method>
248   -
249   - </interface>
250   -
251   -</node>
rpm/lib3270-hllapi-bindings.spec 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
  1 +#
  2 +# spec file for packages pw3270-plugin-ipc
  3 +#
  4 +# Copyright (c) 2015 SUSE LINUX GmbH, Nuernberg, Germany.
  5 +# Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  6 +#
  7 +# All modifications and additions to the file contributed by third parties
  8 +# remain the property of their copyright owners, unless otherwise agreed
  9 +# upon. The license for this file, and modifications and additions to the
  10 +# file, is the same license as for the pristine package itself (unless the
  11 +# license for the pristine package is not an Open Source License, in which
  12 +# case the license is the MIT License). An "Open Source License" is a
  13 +# license that conforms to the Open Source Definition (Version 1.9)
  14 +# published by the Open Source Initiative.
  15 +
  16 +# Please submit bugfixes or comments via http://bugs.opensuse.org/
  17 +#
  18 +
  19 +#---[ Versions ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  20 +
  21 +%define MAJOR_VERSION 5
  22 +%define MINOR_VERSION 2
  23 +
  24 +#---[ Main package ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  25 +
  26 +Summary: HLLAPI client library for lib3270/pw3270
  27 +Name: lib3270-hllapi-bindings
  28 +Version: 5.2
  29 +Release: 0
  30 +License: LGPL-3.0
  31 +Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.xz
  32 +
  33 +Url: https://portal.softwarepublico.gov.br/social/pw3270/
  34 +
  35 +Group: System/X11/Terminals
  36 +BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{version}
  37 +
  38 +Provides: pw3270-plugin-hllapi
  39 +Conflicts: otherproviders(pw3270-plugin-hllapi)
  40 +
  41 +BuildRequires: autoconf >= 2.61
  42 +BuildRequires: automake
  43 +BuildRequires: binutils
  44 +BuildRequires: coreutils
  45 +BuildRequires: gcc-c++
  46 +BuildRequires: gettext-devel
  47 +BuildRequires: m4
  48 +BuildRequires: pkgconfig(ipc3270)
  49 +
  50 +%description
  51 +
  52 +Client library for compatibility with the old HLLAPI.
  53 +
  54 +See more details at https://softwarepublico.gov.br/social/pw3270/
  55 +
  56 +#---[ Build & Install ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  57 +
  58 +%prep
  59 +%setup
  60 +
  61 +NOCONFIGURE=1 ./autogen.sh
  62 +
  63 +%configure
  64 +
  65 +%build
  66 +make clean
  67 +make all
  68 +
  69 +%install
  70 +rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
  71 +
  72 +make \
  73 + DESTDIR=%{?buildroot:%{buildroot}} \
  74 + install
  75 +
  76 +%files
  77 +%defattr(-,root,root)
  78 +%doc AUTHORS LICENSE README.md
  79 +
  80 +%{_libdir}/pw3270-plugins/*.so
  81 +
  82 +%changelog
  83 +
... ...
rpm/pw3270-plugin-hllapi.spec
... ... @@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
1   -#
2   -# spec file for packages pw3270-plugin-ipc
3   -#
4   -# Copyright (c) 2015 SUSE LINUX GmbH, Nuernberg, Germany.
5   -# Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
6   -#
7   -# All modifications and additions to the file contributed by third parties
8   -# remain the property of their copyright owners, unless otherwise agreed
9   -# upon. The license for this file, and modifications and additions to the
10   -# file, is the same license as for the pristine package itself (unless the
11   -# license for the pristine package is not an Open Source License, in which
12   -# case the license is the MIT License). An "Open Source License" is a
13   -# license that conforms to the Open Source Definition (Version 1.9)
14   -# published by the Open Source Initiative.
15   -
16   -# Please submit bugfixes or comments via http://bugs.opensuse.org/
17   -#
18   -
19   -#---[ Versions ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20   -
21   -%define MAJOR_VERSION 5
22   -%define MINOR_VERSION 1
23   -
24   -#---[ Main package ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25   -
26   -Summary: HLLAPI plugin and client library for pw3270
27   -Name: pw3270-plugin-hllapi
28   -Version: 5.1
29   -Release: 0
30   -License: LGPL-3.0
31   -Source: %{name}-%{version}.tar.xz
32   -
33   -Url: https://portal.softwarepublico.gov.br/social/pw3270/
34   -
35   -Group: System/X11/Terminals
36   -BuildRoot: /var/tmp/%{name}-%{version}
37   -
38   -Provides: pw3270-plugin-dbus
39   -Conflicts: otherproviders(pw3270-plugin-dbus)
40   -
41   -BuildRequires: lib3270-devel >= 5.2
42   -BuildRequires: libv3270-devel >= 5.2
43   -BuildRequires: pw3270-devel >= 5.2
44   -BuildRequires: autoconf >= 2.61
45   -BuildRequires: automake
46   -BuildRequires: binutils
47   -BuildRequires: coreutils
48   -BuildRequires: gcc-c++
49   -BuildRequires: gettext-devel
50   -BuildRequires: m4
51   -
52   -%if 0%{?fedora} || 0%{?suse_version} > 1200
53   -
54   -BuildRequires: pkgconfig(dbus-1)
55   -BuildRequires: pkgconfig(dbus-glib-1)
56   -BuildRequires: pkgconfig(gtk+-3.0)
57   -
58   -%else
59   -
60   -BuildRequires: openssl-devel
61   -BuildRequires: dbus-1-devel
62   -BuildRequires: gtk3-devel
63   -
64   -%endif
65   -
66   -%description
67   -
68   -Plugin and client library for compatibility with the old HLLAPI.
69   -
70   -See more details at https://softwarepublico.gov.br/social/pw3270/
71   -
72   -#---[ Build & Install ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
73   -
74   -%prep
75   -%setup
76   -
77   -NOCONFIGURE=1 ./autogen.sh
78   -
79   -%configure \
80   - --with-sdk-version=%{version}
81   -
82   -%build
83   -make clean
84   -make all
85   -
86   -%install
87   -rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
88   -
89   -make \
90   - DESTDIR=%{?buildroot:%{buildroot}} \
91   - install
92   -
93   -%files
94   -%defattr(-,root,root)
95   -%doc AUTHORS LICENSE README.md
96   -
97   -%{_libdir}/pw3270-plugins/*.so
98   -
99   -%{_libdir}/libhllapi.so
100   -%{_libdir}/libhllapi.so.%{MAJOR_VERSION}
101   -%{_libdir}/libhllapi.so.%{MAJOR_VERSION}.%{MINOR_VERSION}
102   -
103   -%pre
104   -/sbin/ldconfig
105   -exit 0
106   -
107   -%post
108   -/sbin/ldconfig
109   -exit 0
110   -
111   -%postun
112   -/sbin/ldconfig
113   -exit 0
114   -
115   -%changelog
116   -
snippets/sample.vbs 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
  1 +REM Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  2 +REM (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  3 +REM aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  4 +REM
  5 +REM Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  6 +REM
  7 +REM Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  8 +REM os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  9 +REM Free Software Foundation.
  10 +REM
  11 +REM Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  12 +REM GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  13 +REM A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  14 +REM obter mais detalhes.
  15 +REM
  16 +REM Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  17 +REM programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
  18 +REM St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
  19 +REM
  20 +REM Contatos:
  21 +REM
  22 +REM perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  23 +REM erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  24 +REM
  25 +
  26 +REM Inicializa a biblioteca
  27 +
  28 +rem hllapi_init() - Inicia uma sessão 3270
  29 +rem
  30 +rem hllapi_init pode receber como argumento o nome de uma janela já aberta,
  31 +rem por exemplo, "pw3270:a" para com que atue direto sobre ela, ou,
  32 +rem com uma string vazia ("") para tentar criar uma sessão sem janela.
  33 +rem
  34 +Declare Function hllapi_init Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal tp as string) as Long
  35 +
  36 +rem hllapi_deinit() - Encerra uma sessão 3270
  37 +rem
  38 +rem Finaliza a sessão 3270 liberando os recursos usados.
  39 +rem
  40 +Declare Function hllapi_deinit Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  41 +
  42 +rem hllapi_get_revision - Obtém a revisão do pw3270 que está sendo usada.
  43 +rem
  44 +Declare Function hllapi_get_revision Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  45 +
  46 +rem hllapi_connect() - Conecta a um host 3270
  47 +rem
  48 +rem Efetua a conexão ao host 3270, recebe 2 parâmetros
  49 +rem
  50 +rem uri - URI com o endereço de conexão ao host
  51 +rem wait - Quantos segundos a função deve esperar até o estabelecimento da sessão
  52 +rem
  53 +Declare Function hllapi_connect Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal uri as string, ByVal wait as Integer) as Long
  54 +
  55 +rem hllapi_disconnect() - Desconecta do host 3270
  56 +rem
  57 +Declare Function hllapi_disconnect Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  58 +
  59 +rem hllapi_wait_for_ready() - Aguarda que o terminal fique disponível
  60 +rem
  61 +rem Suspende a atividade até que o terminal esteja pronto para receber comandos.
  62 +rem
  63 +rem Recebe apenas um valor numérico com o tempo em segundos a esperar; caso esse
  64 +rem tempo seja atingido sem o terminal ficar disponível a função retorna erro.
  65 +rem
  66 +Declare Function hllapi_wait_for_ready Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal timeout as Integer) as Long
  67 +
  68 +rem hllapi_wait() - Aguarda por "x" segundos
  69 +rem
  70 +rem Suspende a atividade do script mantendo a comunicação com o host ativa; pode ser usada
  71 +rem para parar por um tempo específico enquanto o host executa algum processo.
  72 +rem
  73 +rem Recebe apenas um valor numérico com o tempo em segundos a esperar.
  74 +rem
  75 +Declare Function hllapi_wait Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal timeout as Integer) as Long
  76 +
  77 +rem hllapi_get_message_id() - Obtém o código da mensagem atual da OIA
  78 +rem
  79 +rem Obtém o código numérico correspondente à mensagem de status da OIA.
  80 +rem
  81 +Declare Function hllapi_get_message_id Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  82 +
  83 +rem hllapi_is_connected() - Verifica se existe uma conexão com o host
  84 +rem
  85 +Declare Function hllapi_is_connected Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  86 +
  87 +rem hllapi_get_screen() - Obtém conteúdo de uma parte do terminal pelo endereço
  88 +rem
  89 +rem Preenche a string com o conteúdo do termina na posição desejada
  90 +rem
  91 +rem Recebe 3 parâmetros:
  92 +rem
  93 +rem - Posição na tela
  94 +rem - String com espaço suficiente
  95 +rem - Tamanho desejado (se for -1 usa o tamanho da string)
  96 +rem
  97 +Declare Function hllapi_get_screen Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal offset as Integer, ByVal text as String, ByVal length as Integer) as Long
  98 +
  99 +rem hllapi_get_screen_at() - Obtém o conteúdo de uma parte da tela do terminal.
  100 +rem
  101 +rem Preenche a string com o conteúdo do terminal a partir da linha e coluna
  102 +rem desejadas.
  103 +rem
  104 +rem Recebe 3 parâmetros:
  105 +rem
  106 +rem - Linha da posição inicial
  107 +rem - Coluna da posição inicial
  108 +rem - String já com o tamanho desejado
  109 +rem
  110 +Declare Function hllapi_get_screen_at Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal row as Integer, ByVal col as Integer, ByVal text as String) as Long
  111 +
  112 +rem hllapi_set_text_at() - Aplica string na tela do terminal.
  113 +rem
  114 +rem Aplica a string na linha e coluna informadas; atentar para o fato de que
  115 +rem a posição deve estar disponível para escrita.
  116 +rem
  117 +rem Recebe 3 parâmetros:
  118 +rem
  119 +rem - Linha da posição inicial
  120 +rem - Coluna da posição inicial
  121 +rem - String que será aplicada
  122 +rem
  123 +Declare Function hllapi_set_text_at Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal row as Integer, ByVal col as Integer, ByVal text as String) as Long
  124 +
  125 +rem hllapi_cmp_text_at() - Compara conteúdo da tela.
  126 +rem
  127 +rem Compara o conteúdo da tela na posição informada, recebe 3 parâmetros.
  128 +rem
  129 +rem - Linha da posição inicial
  130 +rem - Coluna da posição inicial
  131 +rem - String a comparar
  132 +rem
  133 +rem Retorna 0 se o valor contido na tela é igual ao informado, diferente de zero se não for.
  134 +rem
  135 +Declare Function hllapi_cmp_text_at Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal row as Integer, ByVal col as Integer, ByVal text as String) as Long
  136 +
  137 +rem hllapi_find_text
  138 +rem
  139 +rem Obtém a posição da string na tela.
  140 +rem
  141 +rem - String a pesquisar
  142 +rem
  143 +rem 0 se a string não foi encontrada, a posição na tela se encontrar.
  144 +rem
  145 +Declare Function hllapi_find_text Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal text as String) as Long
  146 +
  147 +rem hllapi_enter()
  148 +rem
  149 +rem Envia um [ENTER] para o host.
  150 +rem
  151 +Declare Function hllapi_enter Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  152 +
  153 +rem hllapi_pfkey()
  154 +rem
  155 +rem Envia uma [PF] para o host.
  156 +rem
  157 +rem Recebe como argumento o número da PF que será enviada.
  158 +rem
  159 +Declare Function hllapi_pfkey Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal keycode as Integer) as Long
  160 +
  161 +rem hllapi_pakey()
  162 +rem
  163 +rem Envia uma [PA] para o host.
  164 +rem
  165 +rem Recebe como argumento o número da PA que será enviada.
  166 +rem
  167 +Declare Function hllapi_pakey Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal keycode as Integer) as Long
  168 +
  169 +rem hllapi_set_session_parameter()
  170 +rem
  171 +rem Configura um parâmetro da sessão
  172 +rem
  173 +rem Recebe como argumentos:
  174 +rem
  175 +rem 1. Nome do parâmetro a ser ajustado
  176 +rem 2. Tamanho do nome do parâmetro (ou 0)
  177 +rem 3. Valor a atribuir
  178 +rem
  179 +Declare Function hllapi_set_session_parameter Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal text as String, ByVal len as Integer, ByVal value as Integer) as Long
  180 +
  181 +rem hllapi_set_charset()
  182 +rem
  183 +rem Configura a página de código
  184 +rem
  185 +rem Recebe como argumentos:
  186 +rem
  187 +rem 1. Nome da página de código desejada (UTF-8, CP1252, ISO-8859-1, etc).
  188 +rem
  189 +Declare Function hllapi_set_charset Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal text as String, ByVal len as Integer, ByVal value as Integer) as Long
  190 +
  191 +rem hllapi_set_unlock_delay()
  192 +rem
  193 +rem Define o tempo (em milisegundos) que o terminal
  194 +rem espera para desbloquear a sessão após um comando.
  195 +rem
  196 +rem Recebe como argumento o valor do delay em milisegundos.
  197 +rem
  198 +Declare Function hllapi_set_unlock_delay Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal delay as Integer) as Long
  199 +
  200 +rem hllapi_get_cursor_address() - Obtém a posição atual do cursor
  201 +rem
  202 +rem Obtém a posição atual do cursor dentro da tela do terminal
  203 +rem
  204 +Declare Function hllapi_get_cursor_address Lib "libhllapi.dll" () as Long
  205 +
  206 +rem hllapi_set_cursor_address()
  207 +rem
  208 +rem Define a posição atual do cursor
  209 +rem
  210 +rem Recebe 1 argumento:
  211 +rem
  212 +rem Novo endereço do cursor dentro da tela do terminal.
  213 +rem
  214 +Declare Function hllapi_set_cursor_address Lib "libhllapi.dll" (ByVal addr) as Long
  215 +
  216 +Sub Main
  217 +
  218 + if hllapi_init("") <> 0 then
  219 + print "Erro ao inicializar a biblioteca"
  220 + Exit Sub
  221 + End If
  222 +
  223 + hllapi_connect("fandezhi.efglobe.com:23",0)
  224 +
  225 + Do While hllapi_is_connected() = 0
  226 +
  227 + hllapi_wait(1)
  228 +
  229 + Loop
  230 +
  231 + if hllapi_wait_for_ready(60) <> 0 then
  232 + print "Conexão não se estabilizou no tempo esperado"
  233 + Exit Sub
  234 + End If
  235 +
  236 + Dim text as string
  237 + text = space(2000)
  238 +
  239 + if hllapi_get_screen_at(1,1,text) <> 0 then
  240 + print "Erro ao tentar obter conteudo do terminal"
  241 + Exit Sub
  242 + End If
  243 +
  244 + print text
  245 +
  246 + hllapi_disconnect()
  247 + hllapi_deinit()
  248 +
  249 +End Sub
  250 +
... ...
src/core/actions.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 + #include <functional>
  32 +
  33 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  34 +
  35 + static DWORD action(std::function<void(TN3270::Host &)> worker) noexcept {
  36 +
  37 + try {
  38 +
  39 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  40 +
  41 + if(!host.isConnected())
  42 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  43 +
  44 + worker(host);
  45 +
  46 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  47 +
  48 + } catch(const std::system_error &e) {
  49 +
  50 + return hllapi_translate_error(e);
  51 +
  52 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  53 +
  54 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  55 +
  56 + } catch(...) {
  57 +
  58 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  59 +
  60 + }
  61 +
  62 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  63 +
  64 + }
  65 +
  66 + static DWORD action(const TN3270::Action id) noexcept {
  67 +
  68 + return action([id](TN3270::Host &host) {
  69 + host.push(id);
  70 + });
  71 +
  72 + }
  73 +
  74 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_enter(void) {
  75 + return action(TN3270::ENTER);
  76 + }
  77 +
  78 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase(void) {
  79 + return action(TN3270::ERASE);
  80 + }
  81 +
  82 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eof(void) {
  83 + return action(TN3270::ERASE_EOF);
  84 + }
  85 +
  86 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eol(void) {
  87 + return action(TN3270::ERASE_EOL);
  88 + }
  89 +
  90 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_input(void) {
  91 + return action(TN3270::ERASE_INPUT);
  92 + }
  93 +
  94 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_kybdreset(void) {
  95 + return action(TN3270::KYBD_RESET);
  96 + }
  97 +
  98 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_action(LPSTR action_name) {
  99 +
  100 + return action([action_name](TN3270::Host &host) {
  101 + host.action(action_name);
  102 + });
  103 +
  104 + }
  105 +
  106 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_print(void) {
  107 +
  108 + return action([](TN3270::Host &host) {
  109 + host.print();
  110 + });
  111 +
  112 + }
... ...
src/core/calls.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 +
  32 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  33 +
  34 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_revision(void)
  35 + {
  36 + try {
  37 +
  38 + return atoi(getSession().getRevision().c_str());
  39 +
  40 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  41 +
  42 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  43 +
  44 + }
  45 +
  46 + return (DWORD) -1;
  47 + }
  48 +
  49 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_connect(const LPSTR uri, WORD wait)
  50 + {
  51 + try {
  52 +
  53 + getSession().connect((const char *) uri);
  54 +
  55 + if(wait)
  56 + return hllapi_wait_for_ready(wait);
  57 +
  58 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  59 +
  60 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  61 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  62 +
  63 + } catch(...) {
  64 +
  65 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  66 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  67 +
  68 + }
  69 +
  70 + return hllapi_get_state();
  71 +
  72 + }
  73 +
  74 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_is_connected(void) {
  75 +
  76 + try {
  77 +
  78 + return getSession().isConnected();
  79 +
  80 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  81 +
  82 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  83 + }
  84 +
  85 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  86 +
  87 + }
  88 +
  89 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_state(void) {
  90 +
  91 + try {
  92 +
  93 + switch(hllapi_get_message_id()) {
  94 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NONE: // 0 - No message
  95 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS; // keyboard was unlocked and ready for input.
  96 +
  97 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_DISCONNECTED: // 4 - Disconnected from host
  98 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED; // Your application program was not connected to a valid session.
  99 +
  100 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_MINUS:
  101 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_PROTECTED:
  102 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NUMERIC:
  103 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_OVERFLOW:
  104 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_INHIBIT:
  105 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_KYBDLOCK:
  106 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED; // keyboard is locked.
  107 +
  108 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_SYSWAIT:
  109 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_TWAIT:
  110 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_AWAITING_FIRST:
  111 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_X:
  112 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_RESOLVING:
  113 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_CONNECTING:
  114 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING; // time-out while still busy (in XCLOCK or XSYSTEM in X) for the 3270 terminal emulation.
  115 + }
  116 +
  117 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  118 +
  119 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  120 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  121 + }
  122 +
  123 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected message id";
  124 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  125 + }
  126 +
  127 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_message_id(void) {
  128 +
  129 + try {
  130 +
  131 + return (DWORD) getSession().getProgramMessage();
  132 +
  133 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  134 +
  135 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  136 +
  137 + }
  138 +
  139 + return -1;
  140 +
  141 + }
  142 +
  143 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_disconnect(void) {
  144 +
  145 + try {
  146 +
  147 + getSession().disconnect();
  148 +
  149 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  150 +
  151 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  152 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  153 +
  154 + }
  155 +
  156 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  157 +
  158 + }
  159 +
  160 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait_for_ready(WORD seconds) {
  161 +
  162 + try {
  163 +
  164 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  165 +
  166 + if(host.isConnected())
  167 + host.waitForReady((unsigned int) seconds);
  168 +
  169 + return hllapi_get_state();
  170 +
  171 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  172 +
  173 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  174 +
  175 + }
  176 +
  177 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  178 +
  179 + }
  180 +
  181 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait_for_change(WORD seconds) {
  182 +
  183 + try {
  184 +
  185 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  186 +
  187 + if(host.isConnected())
  188 + host.waitForChange((unsigned int) seconds);
  189 +
  190 + return hllapi_get_state();
  191 +
  192 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  193 +
  194 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  195 +
  196 + }
  197 +
  198 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  199 +
  200 + }
  201 +
  202 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_charset(LPSTR text) {
  203 +
  204 + try {
  205 +
  206 + getSession().setCharSet((const char *) text);
  207 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  208 +
  209 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  210 +
  211 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  212 +
  213 + }
  214 +
  215 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  216 + }
  217 +
  218 +
  219 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait(WORD seconds) {
  220 +
  221 + try {
  222 +
  223 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  224 +
  225 + if(!host.isConnected())
  226 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  227 +
  228 + host.wait(seconds);
  229 +
  230 + return hllapi_get_state();
  231 +
  232 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  233 +
  234 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  235 +
  236 + }
  237 +
  238 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  239 +
  240 + }
  241 +
  242 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_cmp_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text) {
  243 +
  244 + try {
  245 +
  246 + return getSession().compare((unsigned int) row, (unsigned int) col, text);
  247 +
  248 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  249 +
  250 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  251 +
  252 + }
  253 +
  254 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  255 +
  256 + }
  257 +
  258 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_cmp_text_at_address(WORD addr, LPSTR text) {
  259 +
  260 + try {
  261 +
  262 + return getSession().compare((int) addr, text);
  263 +
  264 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  265 +
  266 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  267 +
  268 + }
  269 +
  270 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  271 +
  272 + }
  273 +
  274 +
  275 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_find_text(const LPSTR text) {
  276 +
  277 + try {
  278 +
  279 + if(text && *text) {
  280 +
  281 + size_t pos = getSession().find(text);
  282 + if(pos != string::npos)
  283 + return pos;
  284 +
  285 + }
  286 +
  287 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  288 +
  289 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  290 +
  291 + }
  292 +
  293 + return -1;
  294 +
  295 + }
  296 +
... ...
src/core/controller.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 +
  32 +/*--[ Globals ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  33 +
  34 + static TN3270::Host * hllapi_host = nullptr;
  35 + static time_t hllapi_timeout = 120;
  36 + std::string hllapi_lasterror = "";
  37 +
  38 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  39 +
  40 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_init(LPSTR id)
  41 + {
  42 + trace("%s(%s)",__FUNCTION__,id);
  43 +
  44 + try
  45 + {
  46 + if(hllapi_host)
  47 + delete hllapi_host;
  48 +
  49 + hllapi_host = new TN3270::Host(*id ? id : nullptr,nullptr,hllapi_timeout);
  50 +
  51 + }
  52 + catch(std::exception &e)
  53 + {
  54 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  55 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  56 + }
  57 +
  58 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  59 +
  60 + }
  61 +
  62 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_deinit(void)
  63 + {
  64 + trace("%s()",__FUNCTION__);
  65 +
  66 + try
  67 + {
  68 + if(hllapi_host)
  69 + {
  70 + delete hllapi_host;
  71 + hllapi_host = NULL;
  72 + }
  73 +
  74 + }
  75 + catch(std::exception &e)
  76 + {
  77 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  78 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  79 + }
  80 +
  81 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  82 + }
  83 +
  84 + TN3270::Host & getSession() {
  85 +
  86 + if(!hllapi_host) {
  87 + throw runtime_error("Not initialized");
  88 + }
  89 +
  90 + return *hllapi_host;
  91 +
  92 + }
  93 +
  94 + HLLAPI_API_CSTR hllapi_get_last_error() {
  95 + return hllapi_lasterror.c_str();
  96 + }
  97 +
... ...
src/core/cursor.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 +
  32 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  33 +
  34 + static DWORD set(std::function<void(TN3270::Host &)> worker) noexcept {
  35 +
  36 + try {
  37 +
  38 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  39 +
  40 + if(!host.isConnected())
  41 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  42 +
  43 + worker(host);
  44 +
  45 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  46 +
  47 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  48 +
  49 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  50 +
  51 + } catch(...) {
  52 +
  53 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  54 +
  55 + }
  56 +
  57 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  58 +
  59 + }
  60 +
  61 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_cursor_address(WORD pos) {
  62 +
  63 + return set([pos](TN3270::Host &host) {
  64 + host.setCursor((unsigned short) pos -1);
  65 + });
  66 +
  67 +
  68 + }
  69 +
  70 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_setcursor(WORD pos) {
  71 +
  72 + return set([pos](TN3270::Host &host) {
  73 + host.setCursor((unsigned short) pos -1);
  74 + });
  75 +
  76 + }
  77 +
  78 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_cursor_position(WORD row, WORD col) {
  79 +
  80 + return set([row,col](TN3270::Host &host) {
  81 + host.setCursor((unsigned short) row, (unsigned short) col);
  82 + });
  83 +
  84 + }
  85 +
  86 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_cursor_address() {
  87 +
  88 + try {
  89 +
  90 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  91 +
  92 + if(!host.isConnected())
  93 + return 0;
  94 +
  95 + return (DWORD) (host.getCursorAddress()+1);
  96 +
  97 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  98 +
  99 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  100 + return -1;
  101 +
  102 + }
  103 +
  104 + return -1;
  105 + }
  106 +
  107 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_getcursor() {
  108 + return hllapi_get_cursor_address();
  109 + }
  110 +
... ...
src/core/get.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 +
  32 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  33 +
  34 + static DWORD get(std::function<void(TN3270::Host &)> worker) noexcept {
  35 +
  36 + try {
  37 +
  38 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  39 +
  40 + host.waitForReady();
  41 + worker(host);
  42 +
  43 + } catch(const std::system_error &e) {
  44 +
  45 + return hllapi_translate_error(e);
  46 +
  47 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  48 +
  49 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  50 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  51 +
  52 + } catch(...) {
  53 +
  54 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  55 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  56 +
  57 + }
  58 +
  59 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  60 +
  61 + }
  62 +
  63 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR buffer) {
  64 +
  65 + if(!(buffer && *buffer))
  66 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  67 +
  68 + return get([row,col,buffer](TN3270::Host &host) {
  69 +
  70 + size_t length = strlen(buffer);
  71 + string contents = host.toString( (unsigned int) row, (unsigned int) col, (int) length);
  72 +
  73 + strncpy((char *) buffer, contents.c_str(), std::min(length,contents.size()));
  74 +
  75 + });
  76 +
  77 + /*
  78 + try {
  79 +
  80 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  81 +
  82 + if(!host.isConnected())
  83 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  84 +
  85 + if(!(buffer && *buffer))
  86 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  87 +
  88 + size_t length = strlen(buffer);
  89 + string contents = host.toString( (int) row, (int) col, length);
  90 +
  91 + strncpy((char *) buffer, contents.c_str(), std::min(length,contents.size()));
  92 +
  93 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  94 +
  95 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  96 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  97 +
  98 + }
  99 +
  100 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  101 + */
  102 +
  103 + }
  104 +
  105 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen(WORD offset, LPSTR buffer, WORD len) {
  106 +
  107 + if(!(buffer && *buffer))
  108 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  109 +
  110 + if(len == 0)
  111 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  112 +
  113 + return get([offset,buffer,len](TN3270::Host &host) {
  114 +
  115 + string contents = host.toString((int) offset, (int) len);
  116 +
  117 + memset(buffer,' ',len);
  118 + strncpy((char *) buffer, contents.c_str(), std::min((size_t) len,contents.size()));
  119 +
  120 + });
  121 +
  122 +
  123 + /*
  124 + try {
  125 +
  126 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  127 +
  128 + if(!host.isConnected())
  129 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  130 +
  131 + if(!(buffer && *buffer))
  132 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  133 +
  134 + if(len == 0)
  135 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  136 +
  137 + string contents = host.toString((int) offset, (size_t) len);
  138 +
  139 + memset(buffer,' ',len);
  140 + strncpy((char *) buffer, contents.c_str(), std::min((size_t) len,contents.size()));
  141 +
  142 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  143 +
  144 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  145 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  146 +
  147 + }
  148 +
  149 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  150 + */
  151 +
  152 + }
  153 +
  154 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_lu_name(LPSTR buffer, WORD len) {
  155 +
  156 + if(!(buffer && *buffer))
  157 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  158 +
  159 + if(len == 0)
  160 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  161 +
  162 + return get([buffer,len](TN3270::Host &host) {
  163 +
  164 + string luname = host.getLUName();
  165 + memset(buffer,' ',len);
  166 + strncpy((char *) buffer, luname.c_str(), std::min((size_t) len,luname.size()));
  167 +
  168 + });
  169 +
  170 + }
  171 +
  172 +
  173 + /*
  174 + char * hllapi_get_string(int offset, size_t len)
  175 + {
  176 + try
  177 + {
  178 + string str = session::get_default()->get_string(offset-1,len);
  179 + char * ret = strdup(str.c_str());
  180 + return ret;
  181 + }
  182 + catch(std::exception &e)
  183 + {
  184 + }
  185 +
  186 + return NULL;
  187 + }
  188 + */
... ...
src/core/hllapi.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como hllapi.c e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 + #include <lib3270/hllapi.h>
  32 +
  33 + /*--[ Prototipes ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  34 +
  35 + static int connect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  36 + static int disconnect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  37 + static int get_library_revision(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  38 + static int copy_ps_to_str(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  39 + static int copy_str_to_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  40 + static int search_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  41 + static int copy_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  42 + static int wait_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  43 + static int reset_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  44 + static int pause_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  45 + static int set_session_parameters(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  46 +
  47 + static int get_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  48 + static int set_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  49 + static int input_string(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  50 +
  51 + static int invalid_request(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  52 +
  53 +/*--[ Globals ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  54 +
  55 + static const struct _hllapi_call
  56 + {
  57 + unsigned long func;
  58 + int (*exec)(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
  59 + } hllapi_call[] =
  60 + {
  61 + { HLLAPI_CMD_CONNECTPS, connect_ps },
  62 + { HLLAPI_CMD_DISCONNECTPS, disconnect_ps },
  63 + { HLLAPI_CMD_GETREVISION, get_library_revision },
  64 + { HLLAPI_CMD_QUERYCURSOR, get_cursor_position },
  65 + { HLLAPI_CMD_SETCURSOR, set_cursor_position },
  66 + { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPSTOSTR, copy_ps_to_str },
  67 + { HLLAPI_CMD_INPUTSTRING, input_string },
  68 + { HLLAPI_CMD_WAIT, wait_system },
  69 + { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPS, copy_ps },
  70 + { HLLAPI_CMD_SEARCHPS, search_ps },
  71 + { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYSTRTOPS, copy_str_to_ps },
  72 + { HLLAPI_CMD_SENDFILE, invalid_request },
  73 + { HLLAPI_CMD_RECEIVEFILE, invalid_request },
  74 + { HLLAPI_RESET_SYSTEM, reset_system },
  75 + { HLLAPI_CMD_PAUSE, pause_system },
  76 + { HLLAPI_SET_SESSION_PARAMETERS, set_session_parameters }
  77 +
  78 + };
  79 +
  80 + static enum _pause_mode
  81 + {
  82 + PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE, ///< @brief Interruptible pause. After the Start Host Notification (23) function is executed, a host event satisfies a pause.
  83 + PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE ///< @brief A full-duration pause lasts for however long you specified in the Pause (18) function.
  84 + } pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE;
  85 +
  86 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  87 +
  88 +HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi(const LPWORD func, LPSTR buffer, LPWORD length, LPWORD rc) {
  89 +
  90 + for(unsigned int f=0;f < (sizeof (hllapi_call) / sizeof ((hllapi_call)[0]));f++) {
  91 +
  92 + if(hllapi_call[f].func == *func) {
  93 +
  94 + try {
  95 +
  96 + return hllapi_call[f].exec(buffer,length,rc);
  97 +
  98 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  99 +
  100 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  101 + *rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  102 + return *rc;
  103 +
  104 + }
  105 +
  106 + }
  107 +
  108 + }
  109 +
  110 + trace("hllapi(%d) failed",*func);
  111 +
  112 + *rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
  113 + return *rc;
  114 +
  115 +}
  116 +
  117 +static int invalid_request(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  118 + *rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  119 + return *rc;
  120 +}
  121 +
  122 +static int connect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  123 +
  124 + char *tempbuffer = NULL;
  125 +
  126 + trace("%s: len=%d buflen=%d",__FUNCTION__,*length,(int) strlen(buffer));
  127 +
  128 + if(strlen(buffer) > *length)
  129 + buffer[*length] = 0;
  130 +
  131 + if(!strrchr(buffer,':'))
  132 + {
  133 + int sz = strlen(buffer);
  134 +
  135 + tempbuffer = (char *) malloc(sz+2);
  136 + strcpy(tempbuffer,buffer);
  137 + tempbuffer[sz-1] = ':';
  138 + tempbuffer[sz] = buffer[sz-1];
  139 + tempbuffer[sz+1] = 0;
  140 + buffer = tempbuffer;
  141 + }
  142 +
  143 + *rc = hllapi_init(buffer);
  144 +
  145 + if(tempbuffer)
  146 + free(tempbuffer);
  147 +
  148 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  149 +
  150 +}
  151 +
  152 +static int disconnect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  153 + *rc = hllapi_deinit();
  154 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  155 +}
  156 +
  157 +static int get_library_revision(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  158 + *rc = hllapi_get_revision();
  159 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  160 +}
  161 +
  162 +static int get_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  163 +
  164 + try {
  165 +
  166 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  167 +
  168 + if(!host.isConnected())
  169 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  170 +
  171 + *rc = (unsigned short) (host.getCursorAddress()+1);
  172 +
  173 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  174 +
  175 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  176 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  177 +
  178 + }
  179 +
  180 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  181 +
  182 +}
  183 +
  184 +static int set_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  185 +
  186 + try {
  187 +
  188 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  189 +
  190 + if(!host.isConnected())
  191 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  192 +
  193 + host.setCursor((unsigned short) *rc -1);
  194 +
  195 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  196 +
  197 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  198 +
  199 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  200 +
  201 + }
  202 +
  203 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  204 +
  205 +}
  206 +
  207 +static int copy_ps_to_str(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  208 +
  209 + // Length Length of the target data string.
  210 + // PS Position Position within the host presentation space of the first byte in your target data string.
  211 + *rc = hllapi_get_screen(*rc,buffer,*length);
  212 +
  213 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  214 +}
  215 +
  216 +static int input_string(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  217 + *rc = hllapi_input_string(buffer,*length);
  218 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  219 +}
  220 +
  221 +static int search_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *ps) {
  222 +
  223 + //
  224 + // Data String Target string for search.
  225 + // Length Length of the target data string. Overridden in EOT mode.
  226 + //
  227 + // PS Position Position within the host presentation space where the search is to begin (SRCHFRWD option) or to end
  228 + // (SRCHBKWD option). Overridden in SRCHALL (default) mode.
  229 + //
  230 + // Return in *ps:
  231 + //
  232 + // = 0 The string was not found.
  233 + // > 0 The string was found at the indicated host presentation space position.
  234 + //
  235 + // Return code:
  236 + //
  237 + // 0 HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS The Search Presentation Space function was successful.
  238 + // 1 HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED Your program is not connected to a host session.
  239 + // 2 HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER An error was made in specifying parameters.
  240 + // 7 HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_POSITION The host presentation space position is not valid.
  241 + // 9 HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR A system error was encountered.
  242 + // 24 HLLAPI_STATUS_NOT_FOUND The search string was not found.
  243 + //
  244 + //
  245 +
  246 + try {
  247 +
  248 + size_t pos = string::npos;
  249 +
  250 + if(length > 0) {
  251 +
  252 + pos = getSession().find(string((const char *) buffer,(size_t) length).c_str());
  253 +
  254 + } else {
  255 +
  256 + pos = getSession().find(buffer);
  257 +
  258 + }
  259 +
  260 + if(pos == string::npos) {
  261 + *ps = 0;
  262 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_NOT_FOUND;
  263 + }
  264 +
  265 + *ps = pos;
  266 +
  267 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  268 +
  269 + } catch(const std::system_error &e) {
  270 +
  271 + return hllapi_translate_error(e);
  272 +
  273 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  274 +
  275 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  276 +
  277 + }
  278 +
  279 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  280 +
  281 +}
  282 +
  283 +static int copy_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  284 +
  285 + //
  286 + // Data String Preallocated target string the size of your host presentation space. This can vary depending on how your host presentation space
  287 + // is configured. When the Set Session Parameters (9) function with the EAB option is issued, the length of the data string must be
  288 + // at least twice the length of the presentation space.
  289 + // DBCS Only: When the EAD option is specified, the length of the data string must be at least three times the length of the
  290 + // presentation space. When both the EAB and EAD options are specified, the length of the data string must be at least four times
  291 + // the length of the presentation space.
  292 + //
  293 + // Length NA (the length of the host presentation space is implied).
  294 + // PS Position NA.
  295 + //
  296 + // Return values:
  297 + //
  298 + // 0 HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS The host presentation space contents were copied to the application program. The target presentation space was active, and the keyboard was unlocked.
  299 + // 1 HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED Your program is not connected to a host session.
  300 + // 4 HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT The host presentation space contents were copied. The connected host presentation space was waiting for host response.
  301 + // 5 HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED The host presentation space was copied. The keyboard was locked.
  302 + // 9 HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR A system error was encountered.
  303 + //
  304 + //
  305 + try {
  306 +
  307 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  308 +
  309 + if(!host.isConnected())
  310 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  311 +
  312 + string contents = host.toString(0,-1,'\0');
  313 +
  314 + size_t szBuffer = std::min(contents.size(), ((size_t) *length));
  315 + *length = (unsigned short) szBuffer;
  316 +
  317 + strncpy(buffer,contents.c_str(),szBuffer);
  318 +
  319 + return hllapi_get_state();
  320 +
  321 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  322 +
  323 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  324 +
  325 + }
  326 +
  327 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  328 +
  329 + /*
  330 +
  331 + size_t szBuffer = strlen(buffer);
  332 + char * text;
  333 +
  334 + if(!hllapi_is_connected())
  335 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  336 +
  337 + text = hllapi_get_string(1, szBuffer);
  338 +
  339 + if(!text)
  340 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  341 +
  342 + memcpy(buffer,text,szBuffer);
  343 +
  344 + hllapi_free(text);
  345 +
  346 + return hllapi_get_state();
  347 +
  348 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  349 +
  350 + */
  351 +
  352 +}
  353 +
  354 +static int wait_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  355 +
  356 + //
  357 + // Checks the status of the host-connected presentation space. If the session is
  358 + // waiting for a host response (indicated by XCLOCK (X []) or XSYSTEM), the Wait
  359 + // function causes HLLAPI to wait up to 1 minute to see if the condition clears.
  360 + //
  361 + //
  362 +
  363 + //
  364 + // Return Code Definition
  365 + //
  366 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS 0 The keyboard is unlocked and ready for input.
  367 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED 1 Your application program is not connected to a valid session.
  368 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT 4 Timeout while still in XCLOCK (X []) or XSYSTEM.
  369 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED 5 The keyboard is locked.
  370 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR 9 A system error was encountered.
  371 + //
  372 + //
  373 +
  374 + int state = hllapi_wait_for_ready(60);
  375 + return (state == HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING ? HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT : state);
  376 +
  377 +}
  378 +
  379 +static int copy_str_to_ps(char *text, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *ps) {
  380 + //
  381 + // Call Parameters
  382 + //
  383 + // Data String of ASCII data to be copied into the host presentation space.
  384 + // Length Length, in number of bytes, of the source data string. Overridden if in EOT mode.
  385 + // PS Position in the host presentation space to begin the copy, a value between 1 and the configured size of your host presentation space.
  386 + //
  387 + // Return Parameters
  388 + //
  389 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS 0 The Copy String to Presentation Space function was successful.
  390 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED 1 Your program is not connected to a host session.
  391 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER 2 Parameter error or zero length for copy.
  392 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED 5 The target presentation space is protected or inhibited, or incorrect data was sent to the target presentation space (such as a field attribute byte).
  393 + // 6 The copy was completed, but the data was truncated.
  394 + // 7 The host presentation space position is not valid.
  395 + // HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR 9 A system error was encountered.
  396 + //
  397 + //
  398 + *ps = 0;
  399 + return hllapi_emulate_input(text,*length,0);
  400 +}
  401 +
  402 +static int reset_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  403 + return hllapi_kybdreset();
  404 +}
  405 +
  406 +
  407 +static int pause_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc) {
  408 +
  409 + if(!*length)
  410 + {
  411 + // If you use the IPAUSE option and the pause value is zero, then the function
  412 + // waits up to 2400 half-second intervals, unless interrupted sooner. If you use the
  413 + // FPAUSE option and the pause value is zero, then the function returns
  414 + // immediately.
  415 +
  416 + if(pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE)
  417 + {
  418 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  419 + }
  420 + return hllapi_wait_for_ready(1200);
  421 + }
  422 +
  423 + if(pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE)
  424 + {
  425 + // Pause fixo - Aguarda pelo tempo informado, independente de eventos.
  426 + return hllapi_wait( (*length) / 2);
  427 + }
  428 +
  429 + // Pause "flexivel", aguarda mudança no conteúdo da tela!!!
  430 + return hllapi_wait_for_change((*length) / 2);
  431 +
  432 +}
  433 +
  434 +static int set_session_parameters(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
  435 +{
  436 + if(!(*length && buffer && *buffer))
  437 + {
  438 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  439 + }
  440 +
  441 + *rc = hllapi_set_session_parameter(buffer, *length, *rc);
  442 +
  443 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  444 +}
  445 +
  446 +HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_session_parameter(LPSTR param, WORD len, WORD value)
  447 +{
  448 + if(!param)
  449 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  450 +
  451 + if(!len)
  452 + len = strlen(param);
  453 +
  454 + if(!strncasecmp(param,"IPAUSE",len)) {
  455 +
  456 + // IPAUSE
  457 + pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE;
  458 +
  459 + } else if(!strncasecmp(param,"FPAUSE",len)) {
  460 +
  461 + // FPAUSE
  462 + pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE;
  463 +
  464 + } else if(!strncasecmp(param,"UNLOCKDELAY",len)) {
  465 +
  466 + // UNLOCKDELAY
  467 + hllapi_set_unlock_delay(value);
  468 +
  469 + } else {
  470 +
  471 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  472 +
  473 + }
  474 +
  475 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  476 +}
  477 +
... ...
src/core/keyboard.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 +
  32 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  33 +
  34 +static DWORD set(std::function<void(TN3270::Host &)> worker) noexcept {
  35 +
  36 + try {
  37 +
  38 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  39 +
  40 + if(!host.isConnected())
  41 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  42 +
  43 + host.waitForReady();
  44 +
  45 + worker(host);
  46 +
  47 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  48 +
  49 + // Worker has failed!
  50 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  51 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  52 +
  53 + } catch(...) {
  54 +
  55 + // Unexpected error getting session or lock state
  56 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  57 +
  58 + }
  59 +
  60 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  61 +
  62 + }
  63 +
  64 +
  65 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pfkey(WORD key) {
  66 +
  67 +#ifdef DEBUG
  68 + clog << __FUNCTION__ << "(" << key << ")" << endl;
  69 +#endif // DEBUG
  70 +
  71 + return set([key](TN3270::Host &host) {
  72 +
  73 + host.pfkey((unsigned short) key);
  74 +
  75 + });
  76 +
  77 +
  78 + }
  79 +
  80 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pakey(WORD key) {
  81 +
  82 + return set([key](TN3270::Host &host) {
  83 +
  84 + host.pakey((unsigned short) key);
  85 +
  86 + });
  87 +
  88 + }
  89 +
  90 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_unlock_delay(WORD ms) {
  91 +
  92 + try {
  93 +
  94 + getSession().setUnlockDelay((unsigned short) ms);
  95 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  96 +
  97 + } catch(std::exception &e) {
  98 +
  99 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  100 +
  101 + }
  102 +
  103 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  104 + }
  105 +
... ...
src/core/private.h 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 +#ifndef PRIVATE_H_INCLUDED
  31 +
  32 + #define PRIVATE_H_INCLUDED 1
  33 +
  34 + #include <exception>
  35 + #include <stdexcept>
  36 + #include <string>
  37 + #include <cerrno>
  38 + #include <cstring>
  39 + #include <iostream>
  40 + #include <system_error>
  41 + #include <lib3270/ipc.h>
  42 + #include <lib3270/log.h>
  43 + #include <lib3270/hllapi.h>
  44 +
  45 + using std::runtime_error;
  46 + using std::string;
  47 + using TN3270::Host;
  48 + using std::exception;
  49 + using std::clog;
  50 + using std::endl;
  51 +
  52 + extern TN3270_PRIVATE std::string hllapi_lasterror;
  53 +
  54 + TN3270_PRIVATE TN3270::Host & getSession();
  55 +
  56 + TN3270_PRIVATE DWORD hllapi_translate_error(LIB3270_KEYBOARD_LOCK_STATE state);
  57 + TN3270_PRIVATE DWORD hllapi_translate_error(LIB3270_MESSAGE state);
  58 + TN3270_PRIVATE DWORD hllapi_translate_error(const std::system_error &error);
  59 +
  60 +#endif // PRIVATE_H_INCLUDED
... ...
src/core/set.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 + #include <lib3270/keyboard.h>
  32 +
  33 + #include <string>
  34 + #include <functional>
  35 +
  36 +
  37 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  38 +
  39 + static DWORD set(std::function<void(TN3270::Host &)> worker) noexcept {
  40 +
  41 + LIB3270_KEYBOARD_LOCK_STATE kLock = LIB3270_KL_UNLOCKED;
  42 +
  43 + try {
  44 +
  45 + TN3270::Host &host = getSession();
  46 +
  47 + kLock = host.waitForKeyboardUnlock();
  48 +
  49 + if(kLock == LIB3270_KL_UNLOCKED) {
  50 +
  51 + try {
  52 +
  53 + worker(host);
  54 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  55 +
  56 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  57 +
  58 + // Worker has failed!
  59 +
  60 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  61 + }
  62 +
  63 + // Failed! Get lock state.
  64 + kLock = host.getKeyboardLockState();
  65 +
  66 + }
  67 +
  68 + } catch(const std::system_error &e) {
  69 +
  70 + return hllapi_translate_error(e);
  71 +
  72 + } catch(const std::exception &e) {
  73 +
  74 + // Error getting session or lock state
  75 + hllapi_lasterror = e.what();
  76 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  77 +
  78 + } catch(...) {
  79 +
  80 + // Unexpected error getting session or lock state
  81 + hllapi_lasterror = "Unexpected error";
  82 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  83 +
  84 + }
  85 +
  86 + return hllapi_translate_error(kLock);
  87 +
  88 + }
  89 +
  90 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text) {
  91 +
  92 + if(!(text && *text))
  93 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  94 +
  95 + return set([row,col,text](TN3270::Host &host) {
  96 +
  97 + host.push(row,col,(const char *) text);
  98 +
  99 + });
  100 +
  101 +
  102 + }
  103 +
  104 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_input_string(LPSTR text, WORD length)
  105 + {
  106 +
  107 + if(!(text && *text))
  108 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  109 +
  110 + if(length < 1)
  111 + length = strlen(text);
  112 +
  113 + return set([text,length](TN3270::Host &host) {
  114 +
  115 + host.input((const char *) text, (int) length, '@');
  116 +
  117 + });
  118 +
  119 + }
  120 +
  121 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_emulate_input(const LPSTR text, WORD length, WORD pasting)
  122 + {
  123 + if(!(text && *text))
  124 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
  125 +
  126 + if(!length)
  127 + length = strlen(text);
  128 +
  129 + return set([text,length](TN3270::Host &host) {
  130 +
  131 + host.input((const char *) text, (int) length, '@');
  132 +
  133 + });
  134 +
  135 + }
... ...
src/core/tools.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include "private.h"
  31 + #include <errno.h>
  32 +
  33 +/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  34 +
  35 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_datadir(LPSTR datadir) {
  36 +
  37 + #ifdef _WIN32
  38 + HKEY hKey = 0;
  39 + unsigned long datalen = strlen(datadir);
  40 +
  41 + *datadir = 0;
  42 +
  43 + if(RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,"Software\\pw3270",0,KEY_QUERY_VALUE,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
  44 + {
  45 + unsigned long datatype; // #defined in winnt.h (predefined types 0-11)
  46 + if(RegQueryValueExA(hKey,"datadir",NULL,&datatype,(LPBYTE) datadir,&datalen) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
  47 + *datadir = 0;
  48 + RegCloseKey(hKey);
  49 + }
  50 +#endif // _WIN32
  51 +
  52 + return *datadir;
  53 + }
  54 +
  55 + DWORD hllapi_translate_error(LIB3270_KEYBOARD_LOCK_STATE state) {
  56 +
  57 + // Is unlocked.
  58 + if(state == LIB3270_KL_UNLOCKED)
  59 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  60 +
  61 + // Is connected?
  62 + if((state & LIB3270_KL_NOT_CONNECTED) != 0)
  63 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  64 +
  65 + if( (state & (LIB3270_KL_AWAITING_FIRST|LIB3270_KL_OIA_TWAIT)) != 0)
  66 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING;
  67 +
  68 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED;
  69 +
  70 + }
  71 +
  72 + DWORD hllapi_translate_error(const std::system_error &error) {
  73 +
  74 + static const struct Translate {
  75 + int from;
  76 + HLLAPI_STATUS to;
  77 + } translate[] = {
  78 + { ENOTCONN, HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED },
  79 + { ECONNRESET, HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED },
  80 +#ifndef _WIN32
  81 + { EHOSTDOWN, HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED },
  82 +#endif // !_WIN32
  83 + { EINVAL, HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER },
  84 + { ETIMEDOUT, HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT },
  85 + { EBUSY, HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT },
  86 + { EPERM, HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED },
  87 + { EROFS, HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED },
  88 + { EOVERFLOW, HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_POSITION },
  89 + };
  90 +
  91 + int value = error.code().value();
  92 +
  93 + hllapi_lasterror = error.what();
  94 +
  95 + hllapi_lasterror += " (rc=";
  96 + hllapi_lasterror += std::to_string(value);
  97 + hllapi_lasterror += ")";
  98 +
  99 + for(size_t ix = 0; ix < (sizeof(translate)/sizeof(struct Translate)); ix++) {
  100 +
  101 + if(translate[ix].from == value)
  102 + return translate[ix].to;
  103 +
  104 + }
  105 +
  106 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  107 +
  108 + }
  109 +
  110 + DWORD hllapi_translate_error(LIB3270_MESSAGE state) {
  111 +
  112 + switch(state) {
  113 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NONE:
  114 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  115 +
  116 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_DISCONNECTED:
  117 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
  118 +
  119 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_MINUS:
  120 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_PROTECTED:
  121 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NUMERIC:
  122 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_OVERFLOW:
  123 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_INHIBIT:
  124 + case LIB3270_MESSAGE_KYBDLOCK:
  125 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED;
  126 +
  127 + default:
  128 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  129 + }
  130 +
  131 + return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
  132 + }
... ...
src/core/windows/resources.rc.in 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
  1 +#include <windows.h>
  2 +
  3 +VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
  4 +FILEVERSION @WIN32_FILE_VERSION@
  5 +PRODUCTVERSION @PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE@
  6 +
  7 +BEGIN
  8 +
  9 + BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
  10 + BEGIN
  11 + BLOCK "080904E4"
  12 + BEGIN
  13 + VALUE "FileDescription", "pw3270 HLLAPI Client Module\0"
  14 + VALUE "CompanyName", "Banco do Brasil S/A.\0"
  15 + VALUE "FileVersion", "@WIN32_VERSION@\0"
  16 + VALUE "LegalCopyright", "(C) 2017 Banco do Brasil S/A. All Rights Reserved\0"
  17 + VALUE "OriginalFilename", "hllapi@DLLEXT@\0"
  18 + VALUE "ProductName", "pw3270\0"
  19 + VALUE "ProductVersion", "@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE@\0"
  20 + END
  21 + END
  22 +
  23 + BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
  24 + BEGIN
  25 + VALUE "Translation", 0x809, 0x04E4
  26 + END
  27 +
  28 +END
  29 +
... ...
src/daemon/linux/daemon.c
... ... @@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como daemon.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - * Referencias:
31   - *
32   - * https://live.gnome.org/DBusGlibBindings
33   - *
34   - */
35   -
36   -#include <glib.h>
37   -#include <dbus/dbus.h>
38   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib-lowlevel.h>
39   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib.h>
40   -
41   -#include "daemon.h"
42   -#include "dbus-glue.h"
43   -
44   -#define PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE_PATH "/br/com/bb/pw3270"
45   -#define PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE "br.com.bb.pw3270"
46   -
47   -
48   -/*---[ Globals ]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
49   -
50   - static DBusGConnection * connection = NULL;
51   - static DBusGProxy * proxy = NULL;
52   - static H3270 * hSession = NULL;
53   -
54   - GMainLoop * main_loop = NULL;
55   -
56   -
57   -/*---[ Implement ]-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
58   -
59   -static int initialize(void)
60   -{
61   - GError * error = NULL;
62   - guint result;
63   -
64   - connection = dbus_g_bus_get_private(DBUS_BUS_SESSION, g_main_context_default(), &error);
65   - if(error)
66   - {
67   - g_message("Error \"%s\" getting session dbus",error->message);
68   - g_error_free(error);
69   - return -1;
70   - }
71   -
72   - proxy = dbus_g_proxy_new_for_name(connection,DBUS_SERVICE_DBUS,DBUS_PATH_DBUS,DBUS_INTERFACE_DBUS);
73   -
74   - org_freedesktop_DBus_request_name(proxy, PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE, DBUS_NAME_FLAG_DO_NOT_QUEUE, &result, &error);
75   -
76   - pw3270_dbus_register_object(connection,proxy,PW3270_TYPE_DBUS,&dbus_glib_pw3270_dbus_object_info,PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE_PATH);
77   -
78   - return 0;
79   -}
80   -
81   -static void loghandler(H3270 *session, const char *module, int rc, const char *fmt, va_list args)
82   -{
83   - g_logv(module,rc ? G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING : G_LOG_LEVEL_MESSAGE, fmt, args);
84   -}
85   -
86   -int main(int numpar, char *param[])
87   -{
88   - g_type_init ();
89   -
90   - if (!g_thread_supported ())
91   - g_thread_init (NULL);
92   -
93   - dbus_g_thread_init ();
94   -
95   - lib3270_set_log_handler(loghandler);
96   - pw3270_dbus_register_io_handlers();
97   -
98   - hSession = lib3270_session_new("");
99   -
100   - main_loop = g_main_loop_new (NULL, FALSE);
101   -
102   - if(initialize())
103   - return -1;
104   -
105   - g_main_loop_run(main_loop);
106   -
107   - lib3270_session_free(hSession);
108   -
109   - return 0;
110   -}
111   -
112   -void pw3270_dbus_quit(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
113   -{
114   - g_main_loop_quit(main_loop);
115   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
116   -}
117   -
118   -H3270 * pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270Dbus *object)
119   -{
120   - return hSession;
121   -}
122   -
src/daemon/linux/iocallback.c
... ... @@ -1,361 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como iocallback.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - */
31   -
32   -#if defined(_WIN32) /*[*/
33   - #include <windows.h>
34   -#elif defined(__APPLE__)
35   - #include <poll.h>
36   - #include <string.h>
37   -#else
38   - #include <poll.h>
39   - #include <string.h>
40   -#endif /*]*/
41   -
42   -#include <stdio.h>
43   -#include <glib.h>
44   -#include "daemon.h"
45   -
46   -static int static_CallAndWait(int(*callback)(H3270 *session, void *), H3270 *session, void *parm);
47   -static void static_RemoveSource(void *id);
48   -
49   -static void * static_AddInput(int source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session));
50   -static void * static_AddExcept(int source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session));
51   -
52   -static void * static_AddTimeOut(unsigned long interval_ms, H3270 *session, void (*proc)(H3270 *session));
53   -static void static_RemoveTimeOut(void * timer);
54   -static int static_Sleep(H3270 *hSession, int seconds);
55   -static int static_RunPendingEvents(H3270 *hSession, int wait);
56   -
57   -static gboolean IO_prepare(GSource *source, gint *timeout);
58   -static gboolean IO_check(GSource *source);
59   -static gboolean IO_dispatch(GSource *source, GSourceFunc callback, gpointer user_data);
60   -static void IO_finalize(GSource *source); /* Can be NULL */
61   -static gboolean IO_closure(gpointer data);
62   -
63   -/*---[ Structs ]-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
64   -
65   - typedef struct _IO_Source
66   - {
67   - GSource gsrc;
68   - GPollFD poll;
69   -#if defined(_WIN32)
70   - HANDLE source;
71   -#else
72   - int source;
73   -#endif // _WIN32
74   - void (*fn)(H3270 *session);
75   - H3270 *session;
76   - } IO_Source;
77   -
78   - typedef struct _timer
79   - {
80   - unsigned char remove;
81   - void (*fn)(H3270 *session);
82   - H3270 *session;
83   - } TIMER;
84   -
85   - static GSourceFuncs IOSources =
86   - {
87   - IO_prepare,
88   - IO_check,
89   - IO_dispatch,
90   - IO_finalize,
91   - IO_closure,
92   - NULL
93   - };
94   -
95   -/*---[ Implement ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
96   -
97   -#ifdef _WIN32
98   -static void * AddSource(HANDLE source, H3270 *session, gushort events, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
99   -#else
100   -static void * AddSource(int source, H3270 *session, gushort events, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
101   -#endif // _WIN32
102   -{
103   - IO_Source *src = (IO_Source *) g_source_new(&IOSources,sizeof(IO_Source));
104   -
105   - src->source = source;
106   - src->fn = fn;
107   - src->poll.fd = (int) source;
108   - src->poll.events = events;
109   - src->session = session;
110   -
111   - g_source_attach((GSource *) src,NULL);
112   - g_source_add_poll((GSource *) src,&src->poll);
113   -
114   - return src;
115   -}
116   -
117   -#ifdef _WIN32
118   -static void * static_AddInput(HANDLE source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
119   -#else
120   -static void * static_AddInput(int source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
121   -#endif // _WIN32
122   -{
123   - return AddSource(source,session,G_IO_IN|G_IO_HUP|G_IO_ERR,fn);
124   -}
125   -
126   -static void static_RemoveSource(void *id)
127   -{
128   - if(id)
129   - g_source_destroy((GSource *) id);
130   -}
131   -
132   -#if defined(_WIN32)
133   -static void * static_AddExcept(HANDLE source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
134   -{
135   - return 0;
136   -}
137   -#else
138   -static void * static_AddExcept(int source, H3270 *session, void (*fn)(H3270 *session))
139   -{
140   - return AddSource(source,session,G_IO_HUP|G_IO_ERR,fn);
141   -}
142   -#endif // _WIN32
143   -
144   -static gboolean do_timer(TIMER *t)
145   -{
146   - if(!t->remove)
147   - t->fn(t->session);
148   - return FALSE;
149   -}
150   -
151   -static void * static_AddTimeOut(unsigned long interval, H3270 *session, void (*proc)(H3270 *session))
152   -{
153   - TIMER *t = g_malloc0(sizeof(TIMER));
154   -
155   - t->fn = proc;
156   - t->session = session;
157   -
158   - g_timeout_add_full(G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT, (guint) interval, (GSourceFunc) do_timer, t, g_free);
159   -
160   - return t;
161   -}
162   -
163   -static void static_RemoveTimeOut(void * timer)
164   -{
165   - ((TIMER *) timer)->remove++;
166   -}
167   -
168   -static gboolean IO_prepare(GSource *source, gint *timeout)
169   -{
170   - /*
171   - * Called before all the file descriptors are polled.
172   - * If the source can determine that it is ready here
173   - * (without waiting for the results of the poll() call)
174   - * it should return TRUE.
175   - *
176   - * It can also return a timeout_ value which should be the maximum
177   - * timeout (in milliseconds) which should be passed to the poll() call.
178   - * The actual timeout used will be -1 if all sources returned -1,
179   - * or it will be the minimum of all the timeout_ values
180   - * returned which were >= 0.
181   - *
182   - */
183   - return 0;
184   -}
185   -
186   -static gboolean IO_check(GSource *source)
187   -{
188   - /*
189   - * Called after all the file descriptors are polled.
190   - * The source should return TRUE if it is ready to be dispatched.
191   - * Note that some time may have passed since the previous prepare
192   - * function was called, so the source should be checked again here.
193   - *
194   - */
195   -#if defined(_WIN32) /*[*/
196   -
197   - if(WaitForSingleObject(((IO_Source *) source)->source,0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
198   - return TRUE;
199   -
200   -#else /*][*/
201   -
202   - struct pollfd fds;
203   -
204   - memset(&fds,0,sizeof(fds));
205   -
206   - fds.fd = ((IO_Source *) source)->poll.fd;
207   - fds.events = ((IO_Source *) source)->poll.events;
208   -
209   - if(poll(&fds,1,0) > 0)
210   - return TRUE;
211   -
212   -#endif /*]*/
213   -
214   - return FALSE;
215   -}
216   -
217   -static gboolean IO_dispatch(GSource *source, GSourceFunc callback, gpointer user_data)
218   -{
219   - /*
220   - * Called to dispatch the event source,
221   - * after it has returned TRUE in either its prepare or its check function.
222   - * The dispatch function is passed in a callback function and data.
223   - * The callback function may be NULL if the source was never connected
224   - * to a callback using g_source_set_callback(). The dispatch function
225   - * should call the callback function with user_data and whatever additional
226   - * parameters are needed for this type of event source.
227   - */
228   - ((IO_Source *) source)->fn(((IO_Source *) source)->session);
229   - return TRUE;
230   -}
231   -
232   -static void IO_finalize(GSource *source)
233   -{
234   -
235   -}
236   -
237   -static gboolean IO_closure(gpointer data)
238   -{
239   - return 0;
240   -}
241   -
242   -struct bgParameter
243   -{
244   - gboolean running;
245   - gboolean timer;
246   - H3270 *session;
247   - int rc;
248   - int(*callback)(H3270 *session, void *);
249   - void *parm;
250   -
251   -};
252   -
253   -gpointer BgCall(struct bgParameter *p)
254   -{
255   -// trace("%s starts",__FUNCTION__);
256   - p->rc = p->callback(p->session, p->parm);
257   - p->running = FALSE;
258   -// trace("%s ends",__FUNCTION__);
259   - return 0;
260   -}
261   -
262   -static gboolean wait_for_thread(struct bgParameter *p)
263   -{
264   - if(!p->running)
265   - {
266   - p->timer = 0;
267   - return FALSE;
268   - }
269   - return TRUE;
270   -}
271   -
272   -static int static_CallAndWait(int(*callback)(H3270 *session, void *), H3270 *session, void *parm)
273   -{
274   - struct bgParameter p = { TRUE, TRUE, session, -1, callback, parm };
275   - GThread * thread;
276   -
277   -// trace("Starting auxiliary thread for callback %p",callback);
278   -
279   - p.running = TRUE;
280   - p.timer = TRUE;
281   -
282   - thread = g_thread_create( (GThreadFunc) BgCall, &p, 0, NULL);
283   -
284   - if(!thread)
285   - {
286   - g_error("Can't start background thread");
287   - return -1;
288   - }
289   -
290   - g_timeout_add(50,(GSourceFunc) wait_for_thread,(gpointer) &p);
291   -
292   - while(p.timer)
293   - g_main_context_iteration(g_main_loop_get_context(main_loop),TRUE);
294   -
295   - return p.rc;
296   -}
297   -
298   -static int static_Sleep(H3270 *hSession, int seconds)
299   -{
300   - time_t end = time(0) + seconds;
301   -
302   - while(time(0) < end)
303   - g_main_iteration(TRUE);
304   -
305   - return 0;
306   -}
307   -
308   -static int static_RunPendingEvents(H3270 *hSession, int wait)
309   -{
310   - GMainContext *context = g_main_loop_get_context(main_loop);
311   - int rc = 0;
312   - while(g_main_context_pending(context))
313   - {
314   - rc = 1;
315   - g_main_context_iteration(context,FALSE);
316   - }
317   -
318   - if(wait)
319   - g_main_context_iteration(context,TRUE);
320   -
321   - return rc;
322   -}
323   -
324   -static void beep(H3270 *session)
325   -{
326   -}
327   -
328   -void pw3270_dbus_register_io_handlers(void)
329   -{
330   - static const struct lib3270_callbacks hdl =
331   - {
332   - sizeof(struct lib3270_callbacks),
333   -
334   - static_AddTimeOut,
335   - static_RemoveTimeOut,
336   -
337   - static_AddInput,
338   - static_RemoveSource,
339   -
340   - static_AddExcept,
341   -
342   -#ifdef G_THREADS_ENABLED
343   - static_CallAndWait,
344   -#else
345   - NULL,
346   -#endif
347   -
348   - static_Sleep,
349   - static_RunPendingEvents,
350   - beep
351   -
352   - };
353   -
354   - #error Need rewrite
355   -
356   - if(lib3270_register_handlers(&hdl))
357   - {
358   - g_error("%s","Can't set lib3270 I/O handlers");
359   - }
360   -
361   -}
src/hllapi/Makefile.in
... ... @@ -1,315 +0,0 @@
1   -#
2   -# "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   -# (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   -# aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   -#
6   -# Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   -#
8   -# Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   -# os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   -# Free Software Foundation.
11   -#
12   -# Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   -# GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   -# A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   -# obter mais detalhes.
16   -#
17   -# Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   -# programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   -# Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   -#
21   -# Contatos:
22   -#
23   -# perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
24   -# erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas de Mendonça)
25   -#
26   -
27   -MODULE_NAME=hllapi
28   -LIBNAME=lib$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
29   -
30   -PLUGIN_SOURCES=pluginmain.c
31   -API_SOURCES=calls.c hllapi.c
32   -
33   -#---[ Configuration values ]-------------------------------------------------------------
34   -
35   -PACKAGE_NAME=@PACKAGE_NAME@
36   -PACKAGE_VERSION=@PACKAGE_VERSION@
37   -PACKAGE_TARNAME=@PACKAGE_TARNAME@
38   -
39   -prefix=@prefix@
40   -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
41   -bindir=@bindir@
42   -sbindir=@sbindir@
43   -libdir=@libdir@
44   -
45   -BASEDIR=@BASEDIR@
46   -SRCDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.src/$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)/src/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)
47   -POTDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.pot/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)
48   -
49   -OBJDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.obj/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)
50   -OBJDBG=$(OBJDIR)/Debug
51   -OBJRLS=$(OBJDIR)/Release
52   -
53   -BINDIR=$(BASEDIR)/.bin
54   -BINDBG=$(BINDIR)/Debug
55   -BINRLS=$(BINDIR)/Release
56   -
57   -MKDIR=@MKDIR_P@
58   -CC=@CC@
59   -CXX=@CXX@
60   -LD=@CXX@
61   -AR=@AR@
62   -XGETTEXT=@XGETTEXT@
63   -MSGCAT=@MSGCAT@
64   -INSTALL=@INSTALL@
65   -INSTALL_DATA=@INSTALL_DATA@
66   -INSTALL_PROGRAM=@INSTALL_PROGRAM@
67   -LN_S=@LN_S@
68   -
69   -CFLAGS=\
70   - @CFLAGS@ \
71   - @LIBV3270_CFLAGS@ \
72   - @GTK_CFLAGS@ \
73   - -I$(BASEDIR)/src/include
74   -
75   -LIBS=@LIBS@
76   -
77   -API_LIBS=\
78   - $(LIBS) \
79   - -lpw3270cpp \
80   - @LIBICONV@
81   -
82   -PLUGIN_LIBS=\
83   - $(LIBS) \
84   - @GTK_LIBS@ \
85   - @GLIB_LIBS@ \
86   - @LIB3270_LIBS@ \
87   - @LIBV3270_LIBS@ \
88   - @PW3270_LIBS@
89   -
90   -LDFLAGS=\
91   - @LDFLAGS@
92   -
93   -#---[ Rules ]----------------------------------------------------------------------------
94   -
95   -DEPENDS=*.h Makefile
96   -
97   -$(OBJDBG)/%.o: \
98   - %.c \
99   - $(DEPENDS)
100   -
101   - @echo $< ...
102   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
103   - @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) \
104   - @DBG_CFLAGS@ \
105   - -DBUILD_DATE=`date +"0x%Y%m%d"`\
106   - -o $@ -c $<
107   -
108   -$(OBJDBG)/%.o: \
109   - %.cc \
110   - $(DEPENDS)
111   -
112   - @echo $< ...
113   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
114   - @$(CXX) $(CFLAGS) \
115   - @DBG_CFLAGS@ \
116   - -DBUILD_DATE=`date +"0x%Y%m%d"`\
117   - -o $@ -c $<
118   -
119   -$(OBJRLS)/%.o: \
120   - %.c \
121   - $(DEPENDS)
122   -
123   - @echo $< ...
124   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
125   - @$(CC) $(CFLAGS) \
126   - @RLS_CFLAGS@ \
127   - -DBUILD_DATE=`date +"0x%Y%m%d"` \
128   - -o $@ -c $<
129   -
130   -$(OBJRLS)/%.o: \
131   - %.cc \
132   - $(DEPENDS)
133   -
134   - @echo $< ...
135   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
136   - @$(CXX) $(CFLAGS) \
137   - @RLS_CFLAGS@ \
138   - -DBUILD_DATE=`date +"0x%Y%m%d"` \
139   - -o $@ -c $<
140   -
141   -$(POTDIR)/%.pot: %.c
142   -
143   - @echo $(notdir $@) ...
144   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
145   - @$(XGETTEXT) \
146   - --default-domain=$(PACKAGE) \
147   - --language=C \
148   - --keyword=_ \
149   - --keyword=N_ \
150   - --keyword=MSG_:2 \
151   - --output=$@ \
152   - $<
153   -
154   - @touch $@
155   -
156   -#---[ Release Targets ]------------------------------------------------------------------
157   -
158   -Release: \
159   - $(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
160   -
161   -install: \
162   - $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME) \
163   - $(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
164   -
165   - @echo $@ ...
166   - @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-plugins
167   - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@ $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
168   -
169   - @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
170   - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
171   -
172   -$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)-plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
173   - $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME) \
174   - $(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
175   -
176   - @echo $@ ...
177   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
178   - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@ $@
179   -
180   - @$(MKDIR) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
181   - @$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
182   -
183   -$(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME): \
184   - $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@
185   -
186   - @echo $(basename $@) ...
187   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
188   - @$(LN_S) -f $(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@ $@
189   -
190   -$(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@: \
191   - $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@
192   -
193   - @echo $(basename $@) ...
194   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
195   - @$(LN_S) -f $(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@ $@
196   -
197   -$(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@: \
198   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(API_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o)
199   -
200   - @echo $@ ...
201   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
202   - @$(LD) \
203   - $(LDFLAGS) \
204   - @DLL_LDFLAGS@ \
205   - -Wl,-soname,`basename $@` \
206   - -L$(BASEDIR)/.bin/Release \
207   - @STATIC_LDFLAGS@ \
208   - -o $@ $^ \
209   - $(API_LIBS)
210   -
211   -$(BINRLS)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
212   - $(BINRLS)/$(LIBNAME) \
213   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o)
214   -
215   - @echo $@ ...
216   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
217   - @$(LD) \
218   - $(LDFLAGS) \
219   - @DLL_LDFLAGS@ \
220   - -Wl,-soname,$(MODULE_NAME)d \
221   - -L$(BASEDIR)/.bin/Release \
222   - -o $@ $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJRLS)/$(SRC).o) \
223   - $(PLUGIN_LIBS)
224   -
225   -pot: \
226   - $(BASEDIR)/.pot/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME).pot
227   -
228   -$(BASEDIR)/.pot/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME).pot: \
229   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(SOURCES)), $(POTDIR)/$(SRC).pot)
230   -
231   - @rm -f $@
232   - @mkdir -p `dirname $@`
233   - @$(MSGCAT) --sort-output $^ > $@
234   -
235   -$(SRCDIR): \
236   - clean
237   -
238   - @$(MKDIR) $@
239   - @$(INSTALL_DATA) *.c *.cc *.h *.in *.cbp $@
240   -
241   -
242   -#---[ Debug Targets ]--------------------------------------------------------------------
243   -
244   -Debug: \
245   - $(BINDBG)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@
246   -
247   -test: \
248   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME) \
249   - $(OBJDBG)/testprogram.o
250   -
251   - $(LD) -Wl,--rpath,$(BINDBG) -o $(BINDBG)/$(MODULE_NAME)@EXEEXT@ $(OBJDBG)/testprogram.o -L$(BINDBG) $(LIBS) -l$(MODULE_NAME)
252   -
253   -$(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME): \
254   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@
255   -
256   - @echo $(basename $@) ...
257   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
258   - @$(LN_S) -f $(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@ $@
259   -
260   -$(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@: \
261   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@
262   -
263   - @echo $(basename $@) ...
264   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
265   - @$(LN_S) -f $(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@ $@
266   -
267   -$(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME).@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@: \
268   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(API_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o)
269   -
270   - @echo $@ ...
271   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
272   - @$(LD) \
273   - -shared \
274   - -Wl,-soname,`basename $@` \
275   - $(LDFLAGS) \
276   - -L$(BASEDIR)/.bin/Debug \
277   - -o $@ $^ \
278   - $(API_LIBS)
279   -
280   -$(BINDBG)/plugins/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@: \
281   - $(BINDBG)/$(LIBNAME) \
282   - $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o)
283   -
284   - @echo $@ ...
285   - @$(MKDIR) `dirname $@`
286   - @$(LD) \
287   - -shared \
288   - -Wl,-soname,$(MODULE_NAME)d,--rpath,$(BASEDIR)/.bin/Debug \
289   - $(LDFLAGS) \
290   - -L$(BASEDIR)/.bin/Debug \
291   - -o $@ $(foreach SRC, $(basename $(PLUGIN_SOURCES)), $(OBJDBG)/$(SRC).o) \
292   - $(PLUGIN_LIBS)
293   -
294   -
295   -#---[ Clean Targets]---------------------------------------------------------------------
296   -
297   -cleanDebug:
298   -
299   - @rm -fr $(BINDBG)/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
300   - $(OBJDBG) \
301   - dbus-glue.h
302   -
303   -cleanRelease:
304   -
305   - @rm -fr $(BINRLS)/$(MODULE_NAME)@DLLEXT@ \
306   - $(OBJRLS) \
307   - dbus-glue.h
308   -
309   - @rm -fr $(POTDIR)
310   -
311   -clean: \
312   - cleanDebug \
313   - cleanRelease
314   -
315   -
src/hllapi/calls.cc
... ... @@ -1,826 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   - * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como calls.cc e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - */
29   -
30   - #include <exception>
31   - #include <cstdlib>
32   - #include <cstring>
33   -
34   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
35   - #include <pw3270/pw3270cpp.h>
36   - #include "client.h"
37   -
38   - using namespace std;
39   - using namespace PW3270_NAMESPACE;
40   -
41   -/*--[ Globals ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
42   -
43   - static session * hSession = NULL;
44   - static time_t hllapi_timeout = 120;
45   -
46   -/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
47   -
48   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_init(LPSTR mode)
49   - {
50   - trace("%s(%s)",__FUNCTION__,mode);
51   -
52   - try
53   - {
54   - if(hSession)
55   - delete hSession;
56   - hSession = session::create(mode);
57   -
58   - if(!hSession) {
59   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_UNAVAILABLE;
60   - }
61   -
62   - hSession->set_display_charset();
63   -
64   - trace("hSession=%p",hSession);
65   - }
66   - catch(std::exception &e)
67   - {
68   - trace("Error \"%s\"",e.what());
69   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
70   - }
71   -
72   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
73   -
74   - }
75   -
76   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_deinit(void)
77   - {
78   - trace("%s()",__FUNCTION__);
79   -
80   - try
81   - {
82   - if(hSession)
83   - {
84   - delete hSession;
85   - hSession = NULL;
86   - }
87   - }
88   - catch(std::exception &e)
89   - {
90   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
91   - }
92   -
93   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
94   - }
95   -
96   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_revision(void)
97   - {
98   - try
99   - {
100   - return atoi(session::get_default()->get_revision().c_str());
101   - }
102   - catch(std::exception &e)
103   - {
104   - return -1;
105   - }
106   - return (DWORD) -1;
107   - }
108   -
109   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_connect(LPSTR uri, WORD wait)
110   - {
111   - try
112   - {
113   - session::get_default()->connect(uri,hllapi_timeout);
114   - }
115   - catch(std::exception &e)
116   - {
117   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
118   - }
119   -
120   - return hllapi_get_state();
121   - }
122   -
123   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_is_connected(void)
124   - {
125   - if(!session::has_default())
126   - {
127   - return 0;
128   - }
129   -
130   - return session::get_default()->is_connected();
131   - }
132   -
133   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_state(void)
134   - {
135   - switch(hllapi_get_message_id())
136   - {
137   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NONE: // 0 - No message
138   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS; // keyboard was unlocked and ready for input.
139   -
140   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_DISCONNECTED: // 4 - Disconnected from host
141   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED; // Your application program was not connected to a valid session.
142   -
143   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_MINUS:
144   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_PROTECTED:
145   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NUMERIC:
146   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_OVERFLOW:
147   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_INHIBIT:
148   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_KYBDLOCK:
149   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED; // keyboard is locked.
150   -
151   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_SYSWAIT:
152   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_TWAIT:
153   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_AWAITING_FIRST:
154   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_X:
155   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_RESOLVING:
156   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_CONNECTING:
157   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING; // time-out while still busy (in XCLOCK or XSYSTEM in X) for the 3270 terminal emulation.
158   - }
159   -
160   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
161   - }
162   -
163   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_disconnect(void)
164   - {
165   - session::get_default()->disconnect();
166   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
167   - }
168   -
169   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait_for_ready(WORD seconds)
170   - {
171   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
172   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
173   -
174   - session::get_default()->wait_for_ready(seconds);
175   -
176   - return hllapi_get_state();
177   - }
178   -
179   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait(WORD seconds)
180   - {
181   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
182   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
183   -
184   - session::get_default()->wait(seconds);
185   -
186   - return hllapi_get_state();
187   - }
188   -
189   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_message_id(void)
190   - {
191   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
192   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
193   -
194   - return session::get_default()->get_program_message();
195   - }
196   -
197   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR buffer)
198   - {
199   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
200   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
201   -
202   - if(!(buffer && *buffer))
203   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
204   -
205   - try
206   - {
207   - size_t sz = strlen(buffer);
208   - string str = session::get_default()->get_string_at(row,col,sz);
209   - strncpy(buffer,str.c_str(),sz);
210   - }
211   - catch(std::exception &e)
212   - {
213   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
214   - }
215   -
216   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
217   - }
218   -
219   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_enter(void)
220   - {
221   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
222   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
223   -
224   - return session::get_default()->enter();
225   - }
226   -
227   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text)
228   - {
229   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
230   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
231   -
232   - try
233   - {
234   - session::get_default()->set_string_at(row,col,text);
235   - }
236   - catch(std::exception &e)
237   - {
238   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
239   - }
240   -
241   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
242   - }
243   -
244   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_cmp_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text)
245   - {
246   -
247   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
248   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
249   -
250   - int rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
251   -
252   - try
253   - {
254   - rc = session::get_default()->cmp_string_at(row,col,text);
255   - }
256   - catch(std::exception &e)
257   - {
258   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
259   - }
260   -
261   - return rc;
262   - }
263   -
264   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_find_text(LPSTR text)
265   - {
266   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
267   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
268   -
269   - return (int) session::get_default()->find_string((const char *) text, false);
270   - }
271   -
272   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_unlock_delay(WORD ms)
273   - {
274   - session::get_default()->set_unlock_delay(ms);
275   - return 0;
276   - }
277   -
278   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_charset(LPSTR text)
279   - {
280   - try
281   - {
282   -
283   - session::get_default()->set_display_charset(NULL, (const char *) text);
284   -
285   - }
286   - catch(std::exception &e)
287   - {
288   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
289   - }
290   -
291   - return 0;
292   - }
293   -
294   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pfkey(WORD key)
295   - {
296   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
297   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
298   -
299   - return session::get_default()->pfkey(key);
300   - }
301   -
302   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pakey(WORD key)
303   - {
304   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
305   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
306   -
307   - return session::get_default()->pakey(key);
308   - }
309   -
310   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_datadir(LPSTR datadir)
311   - {
312   - #ifdef _WIN32
313   - HKEY hKey = 0;
314   - unsigned long datalen = strlen(datadir);
315   -
316   - *datadir = 0;
317   -
318   - if(RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,"Software\\pw3270",0,KEY_QUERY_VALUE,&hKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
319   - {
320   - unsigned long datatype; // #defined in winnt.h (predefined types 0-11)
321   - if(RegQueryValueExA(hKey,"datadir",NULL,&datatype,(LPBYTE) datadir,&datalen) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
322   - *datadir = 0;
323   - RegCloseKey(hKey);
324   - }
325   -#endif // _WIN32
326   -
327   - return *datadir;
328   - }
329   -
330   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_setcursor(WORD pos)
331   - {
332   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
333   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
334   -
335   - session::get_default()->set_cursor_addr(pos-1);
336   -
337   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
338   -
339   - }
340   -
341   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_cursor_address(WORD pos)
342   - {
343   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
344   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
345   -
346   - session::get_default()->set_cursor_addr(pos-1);
347   -
348   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
349   -
350   - }
351   -
352   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_cursor_address()
353   - {
354   - return session::get_default()->get_cursor_addr()+1;
355   - }
356   -
357   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_getcursor()
358   - {
359   - return session::get_default()->get_cursor_addr()+1;
360   - }
361   -
362   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen(WORD offset, LPSTR buffer, WORD len)
363   - {
364   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
365   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
366   -
367   - int rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
368   -
369   - if(offset < 1)
370   - {
371   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
372   - }
373   -
374   - offset--;
375   -
376   - if(!session::has_default())
377   - {
378   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
379   - }
380   -
381   - if(!(buffer && *buffer)) {
382   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
383   - }
384   -
385   - try
386   - {
387   - size_t szBuffer;
388   -
389   - if(len > 0)
390   - {
391   - szBuffer = (size_t) len;
392   - }
393   - else
394   - {
395   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
396   - }
397   -
398   - memset(buffer,' ',szBuffer);
399   -
400   - string str = session::get_default()->get_string(offset,szBuffer,false);
401   - strncpy(buffer,str.c_str(),szBuffer);
402   - rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
403   - }
404   - catch(std::exception &e)
405   - {
406   - rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
407   - }
408   -
409   - return rc;
410   - }
411   -
412   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_emulate_input(const LPSTR buffer, WORD len, WORD pasting)
413   - {
414   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
415   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
416   -
417   - try
418   - {
419   - session::get_default()->input_string(buffer);
420   - }
421   - catch(std::exception &e)
422   - {
423   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
424   - }
425   -
426   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
427   - }
428   -
429   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase(void)
430   - {
431   - try
432   - {
433   - session::get_default()->erase();
434   - }
435   - catch(std::exception &e)
436   - {
437   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
438   - }
439   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
440   - }
441   -
442   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eof(void)
443   - {
444   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
445   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
446   -
447   - try
448   - {
449   - session::get_default()->erase_eof();
450   - }
451   - catch(std::exception &e)
452   - {
453   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
454   - }
455   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
456   - }
457   -
458   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eol(void)
459   - {
460   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
461   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
462   -
463   - try
464   - {
465   - session::get_default()->erase_eol();
466   - }
467   - catch(std::exception &e)
468   - {
469   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
470   - }
471   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
472   - }
473   -
474   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_input(void)
475   - {
476   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
477   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
478   -
479   - try
480   - {
481   - session::get_default()->erase_input();
482   - }
483   - catch(std::exception &e)
484   - {
485   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
486   - }
487   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
488   - }
489   -
490   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_action(LPSTR buffer) {
491   - try
492   - {
493   - session::get_default()->action((const char *) buffer);
494   - }
495   - catch(std::exception &e)
496   - {
497   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
498   - }
499   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
500   - }
501   -
502   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_print(void)
503   - {
504   - return session::get_default()->print();
505   - }
506   -
507   - char * hllapi_get_string(int offset, size_t len)
508   - {
509   - try
510   - {
511   - string str = session::get_default()->get_string(offset-1,len);
512   - char * ret = strdup(str.c_str());
513   - return ret;
514   - }
515   - catch(std::exception &e)
516   - {
517   - }
518   -
519   - return NULL;
520   - }
521   -
522   - void hllapi_free(void *p)
523   - {
524   - free(p);
525   - }
526   -
527   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_reset(void)
528   - {
529   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
530   - }
531   -
532   - HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_input_string(LPSTR input, WORD length)
533   - {
534   - static const char control_char = '@';
535   -
536   - size_t szText;
537   - char * text;
538   - int rc = 0;
539   -
540   - if(!hllapi_is_connected()) {
541   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
542   - }
543   -
544   - if(!input)
545   - {
546   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
547   - }
548   -
549   - if(length > 0 )
550   - szText = length;
551   - else
552   - szText = strlen(input);
553   -
554   - text = (char *) malloc(szText+2);
555   - memcpy(text,input,szText);
556   - text[szText] = 0;
557   -
558   - trace("input[%s]",text);
559   -
560   - if(strchr(text,control_char))
561   - {
562   - // Convert control char
563   - char * buffer = text;
564   - char * ptr;
565   -
566   - for(ptr = strchr(text,control_char);ptr;ptr = strchr(buffer,control_char))
567   - {
568   - *(ptr++) = 0;
569   -
570   - trace("input[%s]",buffer);
571   - hllapi_emulate_input(buffer,-1,0);
572   -
573   - switch(*(ptr++))
574   - {
575   - case 'P': // Print
576   - rc = hllapi_print();
577   - break;
578   -
579   - case 'E': // Enter
580   - hllapi_enter();
581   - break;
582   -
583   - case 'F': // Erase EOF
584   - hllapi_erase_eof();
585   - break;
586   -
587   - case '1': // PF1
588   - hllapi_pfkey(1);
589   - break;
590   -
591   - case '2': // PF2
592   - hllapi_pfkey(2);
593   - break;
594   -
595   - case '3': // PF3
596   - hllapi_pfkey(3);
597   - break;
598   -
599   - case '4': // PF4
600   - hllapi_pfkey(4);
601   - break;
602   -
603   - case '5': // PF5
604   - hllapi_pfkey(5);
605   - break;
606   -
607   - case '6': // PF6
608   - hllapi_pfkey(6);
609   - break;
610   -
611   - case '7': // PF7
612   - hllapi_pfkey(7);
613   - break;
614   -
615   - case '8': // PF8
616   - hllapi_pfkey(8);
617   - break;
618   -
619   - case '9': // PF9
620   - hllapi_pfkey(9);
621   - break;
622   -
623   - case 'a': // PF10
624   - hllapi_pfkey(10);
625   - break;
626   -
627   - case 'b': // PF11
628   - hllapi_pfkey(11);
629   - break;
630   -
631   - case 'c': // PF12
632   - hllapi_pfkey(12);
633   - break;
634   -
635   - case 'd': // PF13
636   - hllapi_pfkey(13);
637   - break;
638   -
639   - case 'e': // PF14
640   - hllapi_pfkey(14);
641   - break;
642   -
643   - case 'f': // PF15
644   - hllapi_pfkey(15);
645   - break;
646   -
647   - case 'g': // PF16
648   - hllapi_pfkey(16);
649   - break;
650   -
651   - case 'h': // PF17
652   - hllapi_pfkey(17);
653   - break;
654   -
655   - case 'i': // PF18
656   - hllapi_pfkey(18);
657   - break;
658   -
659   - case 'j': // PF19
660   - hllapi_pfkey(19);
661   - break;
662   -
663   - case 'k': // PF20
664   - hllapi_pfkey(20);
665   - break;
666   -
667   - case 'l': // PF21
668   - hllapi_pfkey(21);
669   - break;
670   -
671   - case 'm': // PF22
672   - hllapi_pfkey(22);
673   - break;
674   -
675   - case 'n': // PF23
676   - hllapi_pfkey(23);
677   - break;
678   -
679   - case 'o': // PF24
680   - hllapi_pfkey(24);
681   - break;
682   -
683   - case '@': // Send '@' character
684   - hllapi_emulate_input((LPSTR) "@",-1,0);
685   - break;
686   -
687   - case 'x': // PA1
688   - hllapi_pakey(1);
689   - break;
690   -
691   - case 'y': // PA2
692   - hllapi_pakey(2);
693   - break;
694   -
695   - case 'z': // PA3
696   - hllapi_pakey(3);
697   - break;
698   -
699   - case 'B': // PC_LEFTTAB = "@B"
700   - break;
701   -
702   - case 'T': // PC_RIGHTTAB = "@T"
703   - break;
704   -
705   - case 'N': // PC_NEWLINE = "@N"
706   - break;
707   -
708   - case 'C': // PC_CLEAR = "@C"
709   - hllapi_erase_input();
710   - break;
711   -
712   - case 'D': // PC_DELETE = "@D"
713   - break;
714   -
715   - case 'H': // PC_HELP = "@H"
716   - break;
717   -
718   - case 'I': // PC_INSERT = "@I"
719   - break;
720   -
721   - case 'L': // PC_CURSORLEFT = "@L"
722   - break;
723   -
724   - case 'R': // PC_RESET = "@R"
725   - hllapi_reset();
726   - break;
727   -
728   - case 'U': // PC_CURSORUP = "@U"
729   - break;
730   -
731   - case 'V': // PC_CURSORDOWN = "@V"
732   - break;
733   -
734   - case 'Z': // PC_CURSORRIGHT = "@Z"
735   - break;
736   -
737   - case '0': // PC_HOME = "@0"
738   - break;
739   -
740   - case 'p': // PC_PLUSKEY = "@p"
741   - break;
742   -
743   - case 'q': // PC_END = "@q"
744   - break;
745   -
746   - case 's': // PC_SCRLK = "@s"
747   - break;
748   -
749   - case 't': // PC_NUMLOCK = "@t"
750   - break;
751   -
752   - case 'u': // PC_PAGEUP = "@u"
753   - break;
754   -
755   - case 'v': // PC_PAGEDOWN = "@v"
756   - break;
757   -
758   - case '/': // PC_OVERRUNOFQUEUE = "@/" ' Queue overflow, used in Get Key only
759   - break;
760   -
761   - case '$': // PC_ALTCURSOR = "@$" ' Presentation Manager only, unused in VB environment
762   - break;
763   -
764   - case '<': // PC_BACKSPACE = "@<"
765   - break;
766   -
767   -
768   -/*
769   -
770   -Global Const PC_TEST = "@A@C"
771   -Global Const PC_WORDDELETE = "@A@D"
772   -Global Const PC_FIELDEXIT = "@A@E"
773   -Global Const PC_ERASEINPUT = "@A@F"
774   -Global Const PC_SYSTEMREQUEST = "@A@H"
775   -Global Const PC_INSERTTOGGLE = "@A@I"
776   -Global Const PC_CURSORSELECT = "@A@J"
777   -Global Const PC_CURSLEFTFAST = "@A@L"
778   -Global Const PC_GETCURSOR = "@A@N"
779   -Global Const PC_LOCATECURSOR = "@A@O"
780   -Global Const PC_ATTENTION = "@A@Q"
781   -Global Const PC_DEVICECANCEL = "@A@R"
782   -Global Const PC_PRINTPS = "@A@T"
783   -Global Const PC_CURSUPFAST = "@A@U"
784   -Global Const PC_CURSDOWNFAST = "@A@V"
785   -Global Const PC_HEX = "@A@X"
786   -Global Const PC_FUNCTIONKEY = "@A@Y"
787   -Global Const PC_CURSRIGHTFAST = "@A@Z"
788   -
789   -Global Const PC_REVERSEVIDEO = "@A@9"
790   -Global Const PC_UNDERSCORE = "@A@b"
791   -Global Const PC_BLINK = "@A@c"
792   -Global Const PC_RED = "@A@d"
793   -Global Const PC_PINK = "@A@e"
794   -Global Const PC_GREEN = "@A@f"
795   -Global Const PC_YELLOW = "@A@g"
796   -Global Const PC_BLUE = "@A@h"
797   -Global Const PC_TURQOISE = "@A@i"
798   -Global Const PC_WHITE = "@A@j"
799   -Global Const PC_RSTHOSTCOLORS = "@A@l"
800   -Global Const PC_PRINTPC = "@A@t"
801   -
802   -Global Const PC_FIELDMINUS = "@A@-"
803   -Global Const PC_FIELDPLUS = "@A@+"
804   -
805   -*/
806   -
807   - }
808   -
809   - buffer = ptr;
810   -
811   - }
812   -
813   - if(*buffer)
814   - hllapi_emulate_input(buffer,-1,0);
815   -
816   - }
817   - else
818   - {
819   - hllapi_emulate_input(text,szText,0);
820   - }
821   -
822   - free(text);
823   -
824   - return rc;
825   - }
826   -
src/hllapi/client.h
... ... @@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   - * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como private.h e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - */
29   -
30   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
31   -
32   - #ifndef ETIMEDOUT
33   - #define ETIMEDOUT 1238
34   - #endif // ETIMEDOUT
35   -
36   - #define PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH 8192
37   -
38   - #define set_active(x) /* x */
39   -
40   - #if defined(DEBUG) && defined(_WIN32)
41   - #undef trace
42   - #define trace( fmt, ... ) fprintf(stderr, "%s(%d) " fmt "\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__ ); fflush(stderr);
43   - #endif // DEBUG
44   -
45   - #ifdef __cplusplus
46   - extern "C" {
47   - #endif
48   -
49   - char * hllapi_get_string(int offset, size_t len);
50   - void hllapi_free(void *p);
51   -
52   - #ifdef __cplusplus
53   - } /* end of extern "C" */
54   - #endif
55   -
56   -
src/hllapi/environ.bat
... ... @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
1   -@echo off
2   -
3   -set VC=C:\Program Files (x86)\Microsoft Visual Studio 12.0\VC
4   -set WINSDK=C:\Program Files (x86)\Windows Kits\8.1
5   -set PATH=%PATH%;"%VC%\bin";"%WINSDK%\bin\x86\"
6   -
src/hllapi/hllapi.c
... ... @@ -1,466 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   - * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como hllapi.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - */
29   -
30   - #include <lib3270.h>
31   - #include <malloc.h>
32   - #include <string.h>
33   - #include <errno.h>
34   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
35   - #include <stdio.h>
36   - #include <time.h>
37   - #include <lib3270/log.h>
38   - #include "client.h"
39   -
40   - /*--[ Prototipes ]-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
41   -
42   - static int connect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
43   - static int disconnect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
44   - static int get_library_revision(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
45   - static int copy_ps_to_str(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
46   - static int copy_str_to_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
47   - static int search_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
48   - static int copy_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
49   - static int wait_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
50   - static int reset_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
51   - static int pause_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
52   - static int set_session_parameters(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
53   -
54   - static int get_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
55   - static int set_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
56   - static int input_string(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
57   -
58   - static int invalid_request(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
59   -
60   -/*--[ Globals ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
61   -
62   - static const struct _hllapi_call
63   - {
64   - unsigned long func;
65   - int (*exec)(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc);
66   - } hllapi_call[] =
67   - {
68   - { HLLAPI_CMD_CONNECTPS, connect_ps },
69   - { HLLAPI_CMD_DISCONNECTPS, disconnect_ps },
70   - { HLLAPI_CMD_GETREVISION, get_library_revision },
71   - { HLLAPI_CMD_QUERYCURSOR, get_cursor_position },
72   - { HLLAPI_CMD_SETCURSOR, set_cursor_position },
73   - { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPSTOSTR, copy_ps_to_str },
74   - { HLLAPI_CMD_INPUTSTRING, input_string },
75   - { HLLAPI_CMD_WAIT, wait_system },
76   - { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPS, copy_ps },
77   - { HLLAPI_CMD_SEARCHPS, search_ps },
78   - { HLLAPI_CMD_COPYSTRTOPS, copy_str_to_ps },
79   - { HLLAPI_CMD_SENDFILE, invalid_request },
80   - { HLLAPI_CMD_RECEIVEFILE, invalid_request },
81   - { HLLAPI_RESET_SYSTEM, reset_system },
82   - { HLLAPI_CMD_PAUSE, pause_system },
83   - { HLLAPI_SET_SESSION_PARAMETERS, set_session_parameters }
84   -
85   - };
86   -
87   - static enum _pause_mode
88   - {
89   - PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE, ///< @brief Interruptible pause. After the Start Host Notification (23) function is executed, a host event satisfies a pause.
90   - PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE ///< @brief A full-duration pause lasts for however long you specified in the Pause (18) function.
91   - } pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE;
92   -
93   -/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
94   -
95   -HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi(const LPWORD func, LPSTR buffer, LPWORD length, LPWORD rc)
96   -{
97   - unsigned int f;
98   -
99   - trace("%s(%d)",__FUNCTION__,*func);
100   -
101   - for(f=0;f< (sizeof (hllapi_call) / sizeof ((hllapi_call)[0]));f++)
102   - {
103   - if(hllapi_call[f].func == *func)
104   - {
105   - int status = hllapi_call[f].exec(buffer,length,rc);
106   - trace("hllapi(%d) exits with rc=%d",*func,status);
107   - return status;
108   - }
109   - }
110   -
111   - trace("hllapi(%d) failed",*func);
112   -
113   - *rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED;
114   - return *rc;
115   -
116   -}
117   -
118   -static int invalid_request(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
119   -{
120   - *rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
121   - return *rc;
122   -}
123   -
124   -static int connect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
125   -{
126   - char *tempbuffer = NULL;
127   -
128   - trace("%s: len=%d buflen=%d",__FUNCTION__,*length,(int) strlen(buffer));
129   -
130   - if(strlen(buffer) > *length)
131   - buffer[*length] = 0;
132   -
133   - if(!strrchr(buffer,':'))
134   - {
135   - int sz = strlen(buffer);
136   -
137   - tempbuffer = (char *) malloc(sz+2);
138   - strcpy(tempbuffer,buffer);
139   - tempbuffer[sz-1] = ':';
140   - tempbuffer[sz] = buffer[sz-1];
141   - tempbuffer[sz+1] = 0;
142   - buffer = tempbuffer;
143   - }
144   -
145   - *rc = hllapi_init(buffer);
146   -
147   - if(tempbuffer)
148   - free(tempbuffer);
149   -
150   - return 0;
151   -}
152   -
153   -static int disconnect_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
154   -{
155   - *rc = hllapi_deinit();
156   - return 0;
157   -}
158   -
159   -static int get_library_revision(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
160   -{
161   - *rc = hllapi_get_revision();
162   - return 0;
163   -}
164   -
165   -static int get_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
166   -{
167   - int pos = hllapi_getcursor();
168   -
169   - trace("%s(%d)",__FUNCTION__,pos);
170   -
171   - if(pos < 0)
172   - return -1;
173   -
174   - *rc = pos;
175   - return 0;
176   -}
177   -
178   -static int set_cursor_position(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
179   -{
180   - trace("%s(%d)",__FUNCTION__,*rc);
181   - *rc = hllapi_setcursor(*rc);
182   - return 0;
183   -}
184   -
185   -static int copy_ps_to_str(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
186   -{
187   -
188   - // Length Length of the target data string.
189   - // PS Position Position within the host presentation space of the first byte in your target data string.
190   - *rc = hllapi_get_screen(*rc,buffer,*length);
191   -
192   - return 0;
193   -}
194   -
195   -static int input_string(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
196   -{
197   - *rc = hllapi_input_string(buffer,*length);
198   - return 0;
199   -}
200   -
201   -static int search_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *ps)
202   -{
203   - /*
204   - * Data String Target string for search.
205   - * Length Length of the target data string. Overridden in EOT mode.
206   - * PS Position Position within the host presentation space where the search is to begin (SRCHFRWD option) or to end
207   - * (SRCHBKWD option). Overridden in SRCHALL (default) mode.
208   - *
209   - * Return in *ps:
210   - *
211   - * = 0 The string was not found.
212   - * > 0 The string was found at the indicated host presentation space position.
213   - *
214   - * Return code:
215   - *
216   - * 0 The Search Presentation Space function was successful.
217   - * 1 Your program is not connected to a host session.
218   - * 2 An error was made in specifying parameters.
219   - * 7 The host presentation space position is not valid.
220   - * 9 A system error was encountered.
221   - * 24 The search string was not found.
222   - *
223   - */
224   - size_t szBuffer = strlen(buffer);
225   - char * text;
226   - int rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
227   -
228   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
229   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
230   -
231   - if(*length < szBuffer)
232   - szBuffer = *length;
233   -
234   -
235   - text = hllapi_get_string(*ps,szBuffer);
236   - if(!text)
237   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
238   -
239   - if(strncmp(text,buffer,szBuffer))
240   - {
241   - // String not found
242   - *ps = 0;
243   - rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_NOT_FOUND;
244   - }
245   - else
246   - {
247   - // String found
248   - *ps = 1;
249   - rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
250   - }
251   -
252   - hllapi_free(text);
253   -
254   - return rc;
255   -}
256   -
257   -static int copy_ps(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
258   -{
259   - /*
260   - * Data String Preallocated target string the size of your host presentation space. This can vary depending on how your host presentation space is configured. When the Set Session Parameters (9) function with the EAB option is issued, the length of the data string must be at least twice the length of the presentation space.
261   - * DBCS Only: When the EAD option is specified, the length of the data string must be at least three times the length of the presentation space. When both the EAB and EAD options are specified, the length of the data string must be at least four times the length of the presentation space.
262   - *
263   - * Length NA (the length of the host presentation space is implied).
264   - * PS Position NA.
265   - *
266   - * Return values:
267   - *
268   - * 0 The host presentation space contents were copied to the application program. The target presentation space was active, and the keyboard was unlocked.
269   - * 1 Your program is not connected to a host session.
270   - * 4 The host presentation space contents were copied. The connected host presentation space was waiting for host response.
271   - * 5 The host presentation space was copied. The keyboard was locked.
272   - * 9 A system error was encountered.
273   - *
274   - */
275   - size_t szBuffer = strlen(buffer);
276   - char * text;
277   -
278   - if(!hllapi_is_connected())
279   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
280   -
281   - text = hllapi_get_string(1, szBuffer);
282   -
283   - if(!text)
284   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
285   -
286   - memcpy(buffer,text,szBuffer);
287   -
288   - hllapi_free(text);
289   -
290   - return hllapi_get_state();
291   -}
292   -
293   -static int wait_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
294   -{
295   - /*
296   - * Checks the status of the host-connected presentation space. If the session is
297   - * waiting for a host response (indicated by XCLOCK (X []) or XSYSTEM), the Wait
298   - * function causes HLLAPI to wait up to 1 minute to see if the condition clears.
299   - *
300   - */
301   -
302   - /*
303   - * Return Code Definition
304   - *
305   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS 0 The keyboard is unlocked and ready for input.
306   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED 1 Your application program is not connected to a valid session.
307   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT 4 Timeout while still in XCLOCK (X []) or XSYSTEM.
308   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED 5 The keyboard is locked.
309   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR 9 A system error was encountered.
310   - *
311   - */
312   -
313   - /*
314   - time_t end = time(0) + 60;
315   -
316   - while(time(0) < end)
317   - {
318   - int state = hllapi_get_state();
319   -
320   - if(state != HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING)
321   - return state;
322   -
323   - hllapi_wait(1);
324   -
325   - }
326   -
327   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
328   - */
329   -
330   - int state = hllapi_wait_for_ready(60);
331   - return (state == HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING ? HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT : state);
332   -
333   -}
334   -
335   -static int copy_str_to_ps(char *text, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *ps)
336   -{
337   - /*
338   - * Call Parameters
339   - *
340   - * Data String of ASCII data to be copied into the host presentation space.
341   - * Length Length, in number of bytes, of the source data string. Overridden if in EOT mode.
342   - * PS Position in the host presentation space to begin the copy, a value between 1 and the configured size of your host presentation space.
343   - *
344   - * Return Parameters
345   - *
346   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS 0 The Copy String to Presentation Space function was successful.
347   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED 1 Your program is not connected to a host session.
348   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER 2 Parameter error or zero length for copy.
349   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED 5 The target presentation space is protected or inhibited, or incorrect data was sent to the target presentation space (such as a field attribute byte).
350   - * 6 The copy was completed, but the data was truncated.
351   - * 7 The host presentation space position is not valid.
352   - * HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR 9 A system error was encountered.
353   - *
354   - */
355   - size_t szText = strlen(text);
356   -
357   - if(*length < szText)
358   - szText = *length;
359   -
360   - if(!szText)
361   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
362   -
363   - switch(hllapi_get_message_id())
364   - {
365   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NONE:
366   - break;
367   -
368   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_DISCONNECTED:
369   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED;
370   -
371   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_MINUS:
372   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_PROTECTED:
373   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NUMERIC:
374   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_OVERFLOW:
375   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_INHIBIT:
376   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_KYBDLOCK:
377   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED;
378   -
379   - default:
380   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR;
381   - }
382   -
383   - return hllapi_emulate_input(text,szText,0);
384   -}
385   -
386   -static int reset_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
387   -{
388   - return hllapi_reset();
389   -}
390   -
391   -
392   -static int pause_system(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
393   -{
394   - if(!*length)
395   - {
396   - // If you use the IPAUSE option and the pause value is zero, then the function
397   - // waits up to 2400 half-second intervals, unless interrupted sooner. If you use the
398   - // FPAUSE option and the pause value is zero, then the function returns
399   - // immediately.
400   -
401   - if(pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE)
402   - {
403   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
404   - }
405   - return hllapi_wait_for_ready(1200);
406   - }
407   -
408   - if(pause_mode == PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE)
409   - {
410   - // Pause fixo - Aguarda pelo tempo informado, independente de eventos.
411   - return hllapi_wait( (*length) / 2);
412   - }
413   -
414   - // Pause "flexivel", aguarda mudança no conteúdo da tela!!!
415   -
416   - // #warning Mudar comportamento na lib!
417   -
418   - return hllapi_wait_for_ready((*length) / 2);
419   -}
420   -
421   -static int set_session_parameters(char *buffer, unsigned short *length, unsigned short *rc)
422   -{
423   - if(!(*length && buffer && *buffer))
424   - {
425   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
426   - }
427   -
428   - *rc = hllapi_set_session_parameter(buffer, *length, *rc);
429   -
430   - return 0;
431   -}
432   -
433   -HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_session_parameter(LPSTR param, WORD len, WORD value)
434   -{
435   - if(!param)
436   - {
437   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
438   - }
439   -
440   - if(!len)
441   - {
442   - len = strlen(param);
443   - }
444   -
445   - if(!strncasecmp(param,"IPAUSE",len))
446   - {
447   - // IPAUSE
448   - pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_IPAUSE;
449   - }
450   - else if(!strncasecmp(param,"FPAUSE",len))
451   - {
452   - // FPAUSE
453   - pause_mode = PAUSE_MODE_FPAUSE;
454   - }
455   - else if(!strncasecmp(param,"UNLOCKDELAY",len))
456   - {
457   - // UNLOCKDELAY
458   - hllapi_set_unlock_delay(value);
459   - }
460   - else
461   - {
462   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER;
463   - }
464   -
465   - return HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
466   -}
src/hllapi/hllapi.cbp
... ... @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
1   -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes" ?>
2   -<CodeBlocks_project_file>
3   - <FileVersion major="1" minor="6" />
4   - <Project>
5   - <Option title="pw3270 HLLAPI" />
6   - <Option makefile_is_custom="1" />
7   - <Option pch_mode="2" />
8   - <Option compiler="gcc" />
9   - <Build>
10   - <Target title="Debug">
11   - <Option output=".bin/Debug/pw3270 HLLAPI" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
12   - <Option object_output=".obj/Debug/" />
13   - <Option type="1" />
14   - <Option compiler="gcc" />
15   - <Compiler>
16   - <Add option="-g" />
17   - </Compiler>
18   - <MakeCommands>
19   - <Build command="$make LIB3270_MODE=Debug -f $makefile $target" />
20   - <CompileFile command="$make -f $makefile $file" />
21   - <Clean command="$make -f $makefile clean$target" />
22   - <DistClean command="$make -f $makefile distclean$target" />
23   - <AskRebuildNeeded command="$make -q -f $makefile $target" />
24   - <SilentBuild command="$make LIB3270_MODE=Debug -f $makefile $target &gt; $(CMD_NULL)" />
25   - </MakeCommands>
26   - </Target>
27   - <Target title="Release">
28   - <Option output=".bin/Release/pw3270 HLLAPI" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
29   - <Option object_output=".obj/Release/" />
30   - <Option type="1" />
31   - <Option compiler="gcc" />
32   - <Compiler>
33   - <Add option="-O2" />
34   - </Compiler>
35   - <Linker>
36   - <Add option="-s" />
37   - </Linker>
38   - </Target>
39   - <Target title="test">
40   - <Option output=".bin/Debug/test" prefix_auto="1" extension_auto="1" />
41   - <Option object_output=".obj/Debug/" />
42   - <Option type="1" />
43   - <Option compiler="gcc" />
44   - <Compiler>
45   - <Add option="-g" />
46   - </Compiler>
47   - <Environment>
48   - <Variable name="LIB3270_CFLAGS" value='&quot;-I../../../src/include&quot;' />
49   - <Variable name="LIB3270_LIBS" value='&quot;-L../../../.bin/Debug -l3270&quot;' />
50   - <Variable name="PW3270_LIBS" value='&quot;-L../../../.bin/Debug -lpw3270 -l3270&quot;' />
51   - </Environment>
52   - <MakeCommands>
53   - <Build command="$make LIB3270_MODE=Debug -f $makefile $target" />
54   - <CompileFile command="$make -f $makefile $file" />
55   - <Clean command="$make -f $makefile clean$target" />
56   - <DistClean command="$make -f $makefile distclean$target" />
57   - <AskRebuildNeeded command="$make -q -f $makefile $target" />
58   - <SilentBuild command="$make LIB3270_MODE=Debug -f $makefile $target &gt; $(CMD_NULL)" />
59   - </MakeCommands>
60   - </Target>
61   - </Build>
62   - <Compiler>
63   - <Add option="-Wall" />
64   - </Compiler>
65   - <Unit filename="../../include/lib3270.h" />
66   - <Unit filename="../../include/pw3270/hllapi.h" />
67   - <Unit filename="../../include/pw3270cpp.h" />
68   - <Unit filename="Makefile.in" />
69   - <Unit filename="calls.cc" />
70   - <Unit filename="client.h" />
71   - <Unit filename="hllapi.c">
72   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
73   - </Unit>
74   - <Unit filename="pluginmain.c">
75   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
76   - </Unit>
77   - <Unit filename="remotectl.h" />
78   - <Unit filename="server.h" />
79   - <Unit filename="testprogram.c">
80   - <Option compilerVar="CC" />
81   - </Unit>
82   - <Extensions>
83   - <code_completion />
84   - <envvars />
85   - <debugger />
86   - <lib_finder disable_auto="1" />
87   - </Extensions>
88   - </Project>
89   -</CodeBlocks_project_file>
src/hllapi/idlcomp.bat
... ... @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
1   -@echo off
2   -
3   -midl.exe /I "%WINSDK%\Include\um" /I "%WINSDK%\Include\shared" /cpp_cmd "cl.exe" pw3270.idl
src/hllapi/maketest.sh
... ... @@ -1 +0,0 @@
1   -make LIB3270_MODE=Debug test
src/hllapi/pw3270.idl
... ... @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
1   -// This is the type library for libhllapi.dll
2   -
3   -//
4   -// References:
5   -//
6   -// http://support.microsoft.com/kb/189133
7   -// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa367300(v=vs.85).aspx
8   -//
9   -[
10   - // Use GUIDGEN.EXE to create the UUID that uniquely identifies
11   - // this library on the user's system. NOTE: This must be done!!
12   - uuid(4CC73F7D-5C10-4313-8FFD-F01999A44656),
13   -
14   - // This helpstring defines how the library will appear in the
15   - // References dialog of VB.
16   - helpstring("PW3270 HLLAPI typelib"),
17   -
18   - // Assume standard English locale.
19   - lcid(0x0409),
20   -
21   - // Assign a version number to keep track of changes.
22   - version(5.0)
23   -]
24   -
25   -library HLLAPI
26   -{
27   -
28   - // Now define the module that will "declare" your C functions.
29   - [
30   - helpstring("HLLAPI calls for pw3270"),
31   -
32   - version(5.0),
33   -
34   - // Give the name of your DLL here.
35   - dllname("libhllapi.dll")
36   - ]
37   -
38   - module hllApiFunctions
39   - {
40   - [
41   - helpstring("Initialize pw3270´s instance."),
42   - entry("hllapi_init")
43   - ]
44   - // The [in], [out], and [in, out] keywords tell the Automation
45   - // client which direction parameters need to be passed. Some
46   - // calls can be optimized if a function only needs a parameter
47   - // to be passed one-way.
48   - DWORD __stdcall hllapi_init( [in] LPSTR mode);
49   -
50   -
51   - } // End of Module
52   -
53   -}; // End of Library
src/hllapi/remotectl.h
... ... @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como remotectl.h e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - * Agradecimento:
29   - *
30   - * Hélio Passos
31   - *
32   - */
33   -
34   - #define ENABLE_NLS
35   - #define GETTEXT_PACKAGE PACKAGE_NAME
36   -
37   - #include <libintl.h>
38   - #include <glib/gi18n.h>
39   - #include <gtk/gtk.h>
40   -
41   - #include <lib3270.h>
42   - #include <lib3270/log.h>
43   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
44   -
45   - typedef struct _remotequery
46   - {
47   -#ifdef _WIN32
48   - HANDLE hPipe; /**< Pipe handle (for response) */
49   -#endif // _WIN32
50   -
51   - H3270 * hSession; /**< 3270 Session */
52   - int cmd; /**< Command */
53   - int rc; /**< Response status */
54   -
55   - int pos;
56   - unsigned short length; /**< Query string length */
57   - const gchar * text; /**< Query string */
58   -
59   - } QUERY;
60   -
61   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void enqueue_request(QUERY *qry);
62   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void request_complete(QUERY *qry, int rc, const gchar *text);
63   -
64   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void request_status(QUERY *qry, int rc);
65   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void request_value(QUERY *qry, int rc, unsigned int value);
66   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void request_buffer(QUERY *qry, int rc, size_t sz, const gpointer buffer);
67   -
68   -// int run_hllapi(unsigned long function, char *string, unsigned short length, unsigned short rc);
69   -
70   -
71   -#ifdef _WIN32
72   -
73   - #define PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH 8192
74   -
75   - void init_source_pipe(HANDLE hPipe);
76   - void popup_lasterror(const gchar *fmt, ...);
77   -
78   -#endif // _WIN32
79   -
80   -
81   -
82   -
83   -
84   -
src/hllapi/windows/resources.rc.in
... ... @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
1   -#include <windows.h>
2   -
3   -VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
4   -FILEVERSION @PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@,0
5   -PRODUCTVERSION @PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@,0
6   -
7   -BEGIN
8   -
9   - BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
10   - BEGIN
11   - BLOCK "080904E4"
12   - BEGIN
13   - VALUE "FileDescription", "pw3270 HLLAPI Client Module\0"
14   - VALUE "CompanyName", "Banco do Brasil S/A.\0"
15   - VALUE "FileVersion", "@WIN32_VERSION@\0"
16   - VALUE "LegalCopyright", "(C) 2017 Banco do Brasil S/A. All Rights Reserved\0"
17   - VALUE "OriginalFilename", "hllapi@DLLEXT@\0"
18   - VALUE "ProductName", "pw3270\0"
19   - VALUE "ProductVersion", "@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.0\0"
20   - END
21   - END
22   -
23   - BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
24   - BEGIN
25   - VALUE "Translation", 0x809, 0x04E4
26   - END
27   -
28   -END
29   -
src/include/config.h.in
... ... @@ -27,15 +27,24 @@
27 27 *
28 28 */
29 29  
30   -#ifndef LIBV3270_CONFIG_INCLUDED
  30 +/**
  31 + * @file config.h
  32 + *
  33 + * @brief Configuração para o aplicativo.
  34 + *
  35 + * Gerado automaticamente pelo processo ./configure esse arquivo descreve
  36 + * as configurações de ambiente detectadas automaticamente.
  37 + *
  38 + * @author perry.werneck@gmail.com
  39 + *
  40 + */
  41 +
  42 +#ifndef CONFIG_H_INCLUDED
31 43  
32   - #define LIBV3270_CONFIG_INCLUDED 1
  44 + #define CONFIG_H_INCLUDED 1
33 45  
34 46 #undef PACKAGE_NAME
35 47 #undef PACKAGE_VERSION
36 48 #undef PACKAGE_RELEASE
37 49  
38   - #undef HAVE_GNOME
39   - #undef HAVE_GTKMAC
40   -
41   -#endif /* LIBV3270_CONFIG_INCLUDED */
  50 +#endif /* CONFIG_H_INCLUDED */
... ...
src/include/lib3270/hllapi.h 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 +#ifndef HLLAPI_H_INCLUDED
  31 +
  32 + #define HLLAPI_H_INCLUDED 1
  33 +
  34 + #ifdef __cplusplus
  35 + extern "C" {
  36 + #endif
  37 +
  38 + #define HLLAPI_MAXLENGTH 4096
  39 +
  40 + /**
  41 + * @brief Function codes
  42 + *
  43 + * Reference http://www.ibm.com/support/knowledgecenter/SSEQ5Y_6.0.0/com.ibm.pcomm.doc/books/html/emulator_programming08.htm
  44 + *
  45 + */
  46 + typedef enum hllapi_cmd {
  47 + HLLAPI_CMD_CONNECTPS = 1, /// @brief connect presentation space
  48 + HLLAPI_CMD_DISCONNECTPS = 2, /// @brief disconnect presentation space
  49 + HLLAPI_CMD_INPUTSTRING = 3, /// @brief send string
  50 + HLLAPI_CMD_WAIT = 4, /// @brief Wait if the session is waiting for a host response
  51 + HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPS = 5, /// @brief Copies the contents of the presentation space into a string buffer.
  52 + HLLAPI_CMD_SEARCHPS = 6, /// @brief Search the presentation space for a specified string.
  53 + HLLAPI_CMD_QUERYCURSOR = 7, /// @brief Determines the location of the cursor in the presentation space.
  54 + HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPSTOSTR = 8, /// @brief Copy presentation space to string
  55 + HLLAPI_SET_SESSION_PARAMETERS = 9, /// @brief Lets you change certain default session options in EHLLAPI for all sessions.
  56 + HLLAPI_CMD_COPYSTRTOPS = 15, /// @brief Copies an ASCII string directly to a specified position in the presentation space.
  57 + HLLAPI_CMD_PAUSE = 18, /// @brief Waits for a specified amount of time.
  58 + HLLAPI_RESET_SYSTEM = 21, /// @brief Reinitializes EHLLAPI to its starting state.
  59 + HLLAPI_CMD_SETCURSOR = 40, /// @brief Places the cursor at a specified position in presentation space.
  60 + HLLAPI_CMD_SENDFILE = 90, /// @brief Send file to the host
  61 + HLLAPI_CMD_RECEIVEFILE = 91, /// @brief Receive a file from the host
  62 +
  63 + HLLAPI_CMD_GETREVISION = 2000 /// @brief Get lib3270 revision
  64 + } HLLAPI_CMD;
  65 +
  66 +
  67 + /**
  68 + * @brief Standard Return Codes
  69 + *
  70 + * http://ps-2.kev009.com/tl/techlib/manuals/adoclib/3270hcon/hconugd/retrncod.htm#C20819C058kmar
  71 + */
  72 + typedef enum hllapi_status {
  73 +
  74 + /// @brief Good return code.
  75 + ///
  76 + /// Either the function was successfully executed, or there were no host updates since the last call was issued.
  77 + HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS = 0,
  78 +
  79 + /// @brief The presentation space was not valid or not connected.
  80 + ///
  81 + /// Either the presentation space short session ID was invalid, or the application is not connected.
  82 + HLLAPI_STATUS_DISCONNECTED = 1,
  83 +
  84 + /// @brief An incorrect option was specified.
  85 + HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_PARAMETER = 2,
  86 +
  87 + /// @brief The execution of the function was inhibited because the target presentation space was busy.
  88 + ///
  89 + /// For example, X or XSYSTEM is displayed in the OIA for the 3270 terminal emulation.
  90 + HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT = 4,
  91 +
  92 + /// @brief The execution of the function was inhibited for some reason other than the reasons stated in return code 4.
  93 + HLLAPI_STATUS_KEYBOARD_LOCKED = 5,
  94 +
  95 + // 06 A data error occurred due to specification of an invalid parameter (for example, a length error causing truncation).
  96 +
  97 + /// @brief The specified presentation space position was invalid.
  98 + HLLAPI_STATUS_BAD_POSITION = 7,
  99 +
  100 + // 08 No prerequisite function was issued.
  101 +
  102 + /// @brief A system error occurred.
  103 + HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR = 9,
  104 +
  105 + /// @brief The function number is not supported by the emulation program.
  106 + HLLAPI_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED = 10,
  107 +
  108 + /// @brief Resource unavailable at this time.
  109 + ///
  110 + /// The resource that you requested is unavailable (for example, too many attempts have been made to connect to the same presentation space (PS) or another application is connected to the PS).
  111 + HLLAPI_STATUS_UNAVAILABLE = 11,
  112 +
  113 + // 20 Invalid keystroke caused by ESC= option.
  114 + // 21 OIA was updated.
  115 + // 22 PS was updated.
  116 + // 23 Both OIA and PS were updated.
  117 +
  118 + /// @brief Either the string was not found, or the presentation space is unformatted.
  119 + HLLAPI_STATUS_NOT_FOUND = 24,
  120 +
  121 + // 25 Keystrokes were not available on input queue.
  122 + // 26 A host event occurred. See QUERY HOST UPDATE (24) for details.
  123 + // 28 Field length was 0.
  124 + // 31 Keystroke queue overflow. Keystrokes were lost.
  125 +
  126 + } HLLAPI_STATUS;
  127 +
  128 + #define HLLAPI_STATUS_WAITING HLLAPI_STATUS_TIMEOUT
  129 +
  130 + #if defined(_WIN32)
  131 +
  132 + #include <windows.h>
  133 +
  134 + // http://www.mingw.org/wiki/Visual_Basic_DLL
  135 + #define HLLAPI_API_CALL __declspec (dllexport) DWORD __stdcall
  136 + #define HLLAPI_API_CSTR __declspec (dllexport) const char * __stdcall
  137 +
  138 + #else
  139 +
  140 + #include <cstdint>
  141 +
  142 + // From wtypesbase.h
  143 + typedef uint8_t BYTE;
  144 + typedef uint16_t WORD;
  145 + typedef unsigned int UINT;
  146 + typedef int INT;
  147 + typedef uint32_t LONG;
  148 + typedef LONG WINBOOL;
  149 + typedef uint32_t DWORD;
  150 + typedef void *HANDLE;
  151 + typedef WORD *LPWORD;
  152 + typedef DWORD *LPDWORD;
  153 + typedef char CHAR;
  154 + typedef CHAR *LPSTR;
  155 + typedef const CHAR *LPCSTR;
  156 + typedef char WCHAR;
  157 + typedef WCHAR TCHAR;
  158 + typedef WCHAR *LPWSTR;
  159 + typedef TCHAR *LPTSTR;
  160 + typedef const WCHAR *LPCWSTR;
  161 + typedef const TCHAR *LPCTSTR;
  162 + typedef HANDLE *LPHANDLE;
  163 +
  164 + #define LPWORD uint16_t *
  165 +
  166 + #define LPSTR char *
  167 + #define HANDLE int
  168 +
  169 + #define HLLAPI_API_CALL __attribute__((visibility("default"))) extern DWORD
  170 + #define HLLAPI_API_CSTR __attribute__((visibility("default"))) extern const char *
  171 +
  172 + #endif // _WIN32
  173 +
  174 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi(const LPWORD func, LPSTR str, LPWORD length, LPWORD rc);
  175 +
  176 + /**
  177 + * @brief Initialize HLLAPI engine.
  178 + *
  179 + * @param mode name of the required session (or "" to create a hidden on).
  180 + *
  181 + */
  182 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_init(LPSTR mode);
  183 +
  184 + /**
  185 + * @brief Deinitialize HLLAPI engine.
  186 + *
  187 + */
  188 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_deinit(void);
  189 +
  190 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_revision(void);
  191 +
  192 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_kybdreset(void);
  193 +
  194 + /**
  195 + * @brief Connect to host.
  196 + *
  197 + * @param uri Host URI (tn3270://hostname:port).
  198 + * @param wait How many seconds to wait for the connection.
  199 + *
  200 + */
  201 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_connect(const LPSTR uri, WORD wait);
  202 +
  203 + /**
  204 + * @brief Disconnect from host.
  205 + *
  206 + */
  207 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_disconnect(void);
  208 +
  209 + /**
  210 + * @brief Get program message.
  211 + *
  212 + * @return Current program message or -1 on error.
  213 + *
  214 + */
  215 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_message_id(void);
  216 +
  217 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_is_connected(void);
  218 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_state(void);
  219 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR buffer);
  220 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_screen(WORD pos, LPSTR buffer, WORD len);
  221 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text);
  222 +
  223 + /**
  224 + * @brief Compare contents at position.
  225 + *
  226 + * @param row
  227 + * @param col
  228 + * @param text
  229 + *
  230 + * @return Result of the strcmp of the string and the contents of position.
  231 + *
  232 + * @retval HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR The query has failed.
  233 + * @retval 0 The string at the position is the same.
  234 + * @retval -1
  235 + * @retval 1
  236 + *
  237 + */
  238 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_cmp_text_at(WORD row, WORD col, LPSTR text);
  239 +
  240 + /**
  241 + * @brief Compare contents at position.
  242 + *
  243 + * @param row
  244 + * @param col
  245 + * @param text
  246 + *
  247 + * @return Result of the strcmp of the string and the contents of position.
  248 + *
  249 + * @retval HLLAPI_STATUS_SYSTEM_ERROR The query has failed.
  250 + * @retval 0 The string at the position is the same.
  251 + * @retval -1
  252 + * @retval 1
  253 + *
  254 + */
  255 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_cmp_text_at_address(WORD addr, LPSTR text);
  256 +
  257 + /**
  258 + * @brief Find string in the screen.
  259 + *
  260 + * @return Position of the text inside the screen or -1 if failed.
  261 + *
  262 + */
  263 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_find_text(const LPSTR text);
  264 +
  265 + /**
  266 + * @brief Interpret string with action codes prefixed by '@'.
  267 + *
  268 + * Insert string parsing the action codes prefixed with '@' character.
  269 + *
  270 + * Value | Action | Description |
  271 + * :----:|:------------|:-----------------------------------------------------------|
  272 + * @@P | - | Print the screen contents (if available) |
  273 + * @@@@ | - | Input the @@ char. |
  274 + * @@E | ENTER | - |
  275 + * @@F | ERASE_EOF | - |
  276 + * @@1 | PF1 | Send the PF1 key. |
  277 + * @@2 | PF2 | Send the PF2 key. |
  278 + * @@3 | PF3 | Send the PF3 key. |
  279 + * @@4 | PF4 | Send the PF4 key. |
  280 + * @@5 | PF5 | Send the PF5 key. |
  281 + * @@6 | PF6 | Send the PF6 key. |
  282 + * @@7 | PF7 | Send the PF7 key. |
  283 + * @@8 | PF8 | Send the PF8 key. |
  284 + * @@9 | PF9 | Send the PF9 key. |
  285 + * @@a | PF10 | Send the PF10 key. |
  286 + * @@b | PF11 | Send the PF11 key. |
  287 + * @@c | PF12 | Send the PF12 key. |
  288 + * @@d | PF13 | Send the PF13 key. |
  289 + * @@e | PF14 | Send the PF14 key. |
  290 + * @@f | PF15 | Send the PF15 key. |
  291 + * @@g | PF16 | Send the PF16 key. |
  292 + * @@h | PF17 | Send the PF17 key. |
  293 + * @@u | PF18 | Send the PF18 key. |
  294 + * @@j | PF19 | Send the PF19 key. |
  295 + * @@k | PF20 | Send the PF20 key. |
  296 + * @@l | PF21 | Send the PF21 key. |
  297 + * @@m | PF22 | Send the PF22 key. |
  298 + * @@n | PF23 | Send the PF23 key. |
  299 + * @@o | PF24 | Send the PF24 key. |
  300 + * @@x | PA1 | Send the PA1 key. |
  301 + * @@y | PA2 | Send the PA2 key. |
  302 + * @@z | PA3 | Send the PA3 key. |
  303 + * @@D | CHAR_DELETE | |
  304 + * @@N | NEWLINE | |
  305 + * @@C | CLEAR | |
  306 + * @@R | KYBD_RESET | |
  307 + * @@< | BACKSPACE | |
  308 + *
  309 + * @param text Text to input.
  310 + * @param length Length of the text (-1 to use the string length).
  311 + * @param pasting Unused (kept for compatibility).
  312 + *
  313 + */
  314 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_emulate_input(const LPSTR text, WORD length, WORD pasting);
  315 +
  316 + /**
  317 + * @brief Input string.
  318 + *
  319 + * @param buffer String to input.
  320 + * @param length Length of the string (-1 ou 0 to auto detect).
  321 + *
  322 + */
  323 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_input_string(LPSTR buffer, WORD len);
  324 +
  325 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait_for_ready(WORD seconds);
  326 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait_for_change(WORD seconds);
  327 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_wait(WORD seconds);
  328 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pfkey(WORD key);
  329 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_pakey(WORD key);
  330 +
  331 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_session_parameter(LPSTR param, WORD len, WORD value);
  332 +
  333 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_enter(void);
  334 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase(void);
  335 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eof(void);
  336 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_eol(void);
  337 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_erase_input(void);
  338 +
  339 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_action(LPSTR action_name);
  340 +
  341 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_print(void);
  342 +
  343 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_datadir(LPSTR datadir);
  344 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_charset(LPSTR datadir);
  345 +
  346 + HLLAPI_API_CSTR hllapi_get_last_error();
  347 +
  348 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_unlock_delay(WORD ms);
  349 +
  350 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_cursor_address(WORD pos);
  351 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_set_cursor_position(WORD row, WORD col);
  352 +
  353 + /**
  354 + * @brief Get cursor address.
  355 + *
  356 + * @return Cursor address.
  357 + *
  358 + */
  359 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_cursor_address();
  360 +
  361 + /**
  362 + * @brief Get LU Name.
  363 + *
  364 + */
  365 + HLLAPI_API_CALL hllapi_get_lu_name(LPSTR buffer, WORD len);
  366 +
  367 + #ifdef __cplusplus
  368 + } /* end of extern "C" */
  369 + #endif
  370 +
  371 +
  372 +#endif // HLLAPI_H_INCLUDED
... ...
src/ipc3270c/linux/daemon.h
... ... @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como daemon.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - * Referencias:
31   - *
32   - * https://live.gnome.org/DBusGlibBindings
33   - *
34   - */
35   -
36   - #include "service.h"
37   -
38   -/*---[ Globals ]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
39   -
40   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL GMainLoop * main_loop;
41   -
42   -
43   -/*---[ Prototipes ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
44   -
45   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void pw3270_dbus_register_io_handlers(void);
46   -
src/ipc3270c/linux/globals.h
... ... @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como globals.h e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - */
31   -
32   -#ifndef PW3270_DBUS_GLOBALS_H_INCLUDED
33   -
34   - #define PW3270_DBUS_GLOBALS_H_INCLUDED 1
35   -
36   - #include <libintl.h>
37   - #include <glib.h>
38   - #include <glib/gi18n.h>
39   -
40   - #include <errno.h>
41   - #include <lib3270.h>
42   - #include <lib3270/log.h>
43   - #include <glib.h>
44   -
45   -#if ! GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2,44,0)
46   -
47   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void hllapi_autoptr_cleanup_generic_gfree(void *p);
48   - #define g_autofree __attribute__((cleanup(hllapi_autoptr_cleanup_generic_gfree)))
49   -
50   -#endif // ! GLIB(2,44,0)
51   -
52   - //
53   - // Disabling warning on unused-function defined in dbus-glib-bindings.h
54   - // warning: 'org_freedesktop_DBus_reload_config' defined but not used [-Wunused-function] ...
55   - //
56   - #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
57   -
58   - #include <dbus/dbus-glib.h>
59   - #include <dbus/dbus-glib-bindings.h>
60   - #include <dbus/dbus-glib-lowlevel.h>
61   -
62   - #define ERROR_DOMAIN g_quark_from_static_string("pw3270DBUS")
63   -
64   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL gpointer pw3270_dbus_register_object (DBusGConnection *connection,DBusGProxy *proxy,GType object_type,const DBusGObjectInfo *info,const gchar *path);
65   -
66   -
67   -#endif // PW3270_DBUS_GLOBALS_H_INCLUDED
src/ipc3270c/linux/gobject.c
... ... @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como gobject.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - * Referencias:
31   - *
32   - * https://live.gnome.org/DBusGlibBindings
33   - *
34   - */
35   -
36   -#include <glib.h>
37   -#include <gtk/gtk.h>
38   -#include <dbus/dbus.h>
39   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib-lowlevel.h>
40   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib.h>
41   -
42   -#include <config.h>
43   -#include <lib3270.h>
44   -#include <pw3270.h>
45   -#include <v3270.h>
46   -#include <lib3270/actions.h>
47   -#include <lib3270/charset.h>
48   -#include <lib3270/toggle.h>
49   -
50   -#include "service.h"
51   -
52   -/*---[ Globals ]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
53   -
54   -
55   -/*---[ Implement ]-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
56   -
57   -G_DEFINE_TYPE(PW3270Dbus, pw3270_dbus, G_TYPE_OBJECT)
58   -
59   -static void pw3270_dbus_finalize(GObject *object)
60   -{
61   - G_OBJECT_CLASS(pw3270_dbus_parent_class)->finalize (object);
62   -}
63   -
64   -
65   -static void pw3270_dbus_class_init(PW3270DbusClass *klass)
66   -{
67   - GObjectClass *object_class;
68   - object_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
69   - object_class->finalize = pw3270_dbus_finalize;
70   - debug("%s",__FUNCTION__);
71   -}
72   -
73   -static void pw3270_dbus_init(PW3270Dbus *object)
74   -{
75   - debug("%s(%p)",__FUNCTION__,object);
76   -}
77   -
78   -PW3270Dbus * pw3270_dbus_new(void)
79   -{
80   - return (PW3270Dbus *) g_object_new(PW3270_TYPE_DBUS, NULL);
81   -}
82   -
83   -void pw3270_dbus_get_revision(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
84   -{
85   - debug("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
86   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_revision());
87   -}
88   -
89   -void pw3270_dbus_connect(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *uri, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
90   -{
91   - H3270 *hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270_DBUS(object));
92   -
93   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
94   -
95   - if(uri && *uri)
96   - {
97   - lib3270_set_url(hSession,uri);
98   - g_message("Connecting to \"%s\" by remote request",lib3270_get_url(hSession));
99   - }
100   - else
101   - {
102   - g_message("%s","Connecting by remote request");
103   - }
104   -
105   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_reconnect(hSession,0));
106   -}
107   -
108   -void pw3270_dbus_set_ur_l(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *uri, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
109   -{
110   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
111   -
112   - g_message("Changing host to \"%s\" by remote request",uri);
113   -
114   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_set_url(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270_DBUS(object)),uri) != 0);
115   -}
116   -
117   -void pw3270_dbus_get_ur_l(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
118   -{
119   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
120   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_url(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270_DBUS(object))));
121   -}
122   -
123   -
124   -void pw3270_dbus_disconnect(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
125   -{
126   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
127   -
128   - g_message("Disconnecting by remote request");
129   - lib3270_disconnect(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object));
130   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
131   -}
132   -
133   -void pw3270_dbus_get_message_id(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
134   -{
135   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
136   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_program_message(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
137   -}
138   -
139   -void pw3270_dbus_get_connection_state(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
140   -{
141   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
142   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_connection_state(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
143   -}
144   -
145   -void pw3270_dbus_get_secure_state(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
146   -{
147   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
148   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_ssl_state(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
149   -}
150   -
151   -GError * pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(int code)
152   -{
153   - return g_error_new(ERROR_DOMAIN,code,"%s",g_strerror(code));
154   -}
155   -
156   -int pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
157   -{
158   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
159   - GError * error = NULL;
160   -
161   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
162   -
163   - if(!lib3270_is_connected(hSession))
164   - {
165   - error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(ENOTCONN);
166   - }
167   - else
168   - {
169   - LIB3270_MESSAGE state = lib3270_get_program_message(hSession);
170   -
171   - switch(state)
172   - {
173   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NONE:
174   - return 0;
175   -
176   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_DISCONNECTED:
177   - error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(ENOTCONN);
178   - break;
179   -
180   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_MINUS:
181   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_PROTECTED:
182   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_NUMERIC:
183   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_OVERFLOW:
184   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_INHIBIT:
185   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_KYBDLOCK:
186   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_X:
187   - error = g_error_new(ERROR_DOMAIN,-1,_( "State %04d can't accept requests" ),state);
188   - break;
189   -
190   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_SYSWAIT:
191   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_TWAIT:
192   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_CONNECTED:
193   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_AWAITING_FIRST:
194   - error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(EBUSY);
195   - break;
196   -
197   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_RESOLVING:
198   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_CONNECTING:
199   - error = g_error_new(ERROR_DOMAIN,EINPROGRESS,_( "Connecting to host" ));
200   - break;
201   -
202   - case LIB3270_MESSAGE_USER:
203   - error = g_error_new(ERROR_DOMAIN,-1,_( "Unexpected state %04d" ),state);
204   - }
205   - }
206   -
207   - if(error)
208   - {
209   - dbus_g_method_return_error(context,error);
210   - g_error_free(error);
211   - return -1;
212   - }
213   -
214   - return 0;
215   -}
216   -
217   -void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_contents(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
218   -{
219   - char * text;
220   - gchar * utftext;
221   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
222   -
223   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
224   -
225   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
226   - return;
227   -
228   - text = lib3270_get_string_at_address(hSession,0,-1,'\n');
229   -
230   - utftext = g_convert_with_fallback(text,-1,"UTF-8",lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
231   -
232   - lib3270_free(text);
233   -
234   - dbus_g_method_return(context,utftext);
235   -
236   - g_free(utftext);
237   -
238   -}
239   -
240   -void pw3270_dbus_enter(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
241   -{
242   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
243   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
244   - return;
245   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_enter(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
246   -}
247   -
248   -void pw3270_dbus_set_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, const gchar *utftext, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
249   -{
250   - gchar * text;
251   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
252   -
253   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
254   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
255   - return;
256   -
257   - text = g_convert_with_fallback(utftext,-1,lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"UTF-8","?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
258   -
259   - int sz = lib3270_set_string_at(hSession,row,col,(const unsigned char *) text, -1);
260   -
261   - trace("%s returns %d",__FUNCTION__,sz);
262   - dbus_g_method_return(context,sz);
263   -
264   - g_free(text);
265   -}
266   -
267   -void pw3270_dbus_input(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *utftext, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
268   -{
269   - gchar * text;
270   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
271   -
272   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
273   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
274   - return;
275   -
276   - text = g_convert_with_fallback(utftext,-1,lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"UTF-8","?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
277   -
278   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_emulate_input(hSession,(const char *) text,-1,1));
279   -
280   - g_free(text);
281   -}
282   -
283   -
284   -void pw3270_dbus_get_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, int len, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
285   -{
286   - gchar * text;
287   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
288   -
289   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
290   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
291   - return;
292   -
293   - text = lib3270_get_string_at(hSession, row, col, len, lf);
294   - if(!text)
295   - {
296   - GError *error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(errno);
297   - dbus_g_method_return_error(context,error);
298   - g_error_free(error);
299   - }
300   - else
301   - {
302   - gchar * utftext = g_convert_with_fallback(text,-1,"UTF-8",lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
303   -
304   - lib3270_free(text);
305   -
306   - dbus_g_method_return(context,utftext);
307   -
308   - g_free(utftext);
309   - }
310   - }
311   -
312   - void pw3270_dbus_get_text(PW3270Dbus *object, int offset, int len, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
313   - {
314   - gchar * text;
315   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
316   -
317   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
318   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
319   - return;
320   -
321   - if(len < 0) {
322   - len = lib3270_get_length(hSession);
323   - }
324   -
325   - text = lib3270_get_string_at_address(hSession,offset,len,lf);
326   - if(!text)
327   - {
328   - GError *error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(errno);
329   - dbus_g_method_return_error(context,error);
330   - g_error_free(error);
331   - }
332   - else
333   - {
334   - gchar * utftext = g_convert_with_fallback(text,-1,"UTF-8",lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
335   -
336   - lib3270_free(text);
337   -
338   - debug("\n%s\n",utftext);
339   -
340   - dbus_g_method_return(context,utftext);
341   -
342   - g_free(utftext);
343   - }
344   -
345   - }
346   -
347   - void pw3270_dbus_is_connected(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
348   - {
349   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p connected=%s",__FUNCTION__,object,context, lib3270_is_connected(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)) ? "Yes" : "No");
350   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_is_connected(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
351   - }
352   -
353   - void pw3270_dbus_is_ready(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
354   - {
355   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
356   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_is_ready(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
357   - }
358   -
359   - void pw3270_dbus_in_tn3270_e(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
360   - {
361   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
362   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_in_tn3270e(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
363   - }
364   -
365   - void pw3270_dbus_wait_for_ready(PW3270Dbus *object, int timeout, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
366   - {
367   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
368   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_wait_for_ready(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),timeout));
369   - }
370   -
371   - void pw3270_dbus_set_cursor_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
372   - {
373   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
374   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_set_cursor_position(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),row,col));
375   - }
376   -
377   - void pw3270_dbus_set_cursor_address(PW3270Dbus *object, int addr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
378   - {
379   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
380   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_set_cursor_address(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),addr));
381   - }
382   -
383   - void pw3270_dbus_get_cursor_address(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
384   - {
385   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
386   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_cursor_address(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
387   - }
388   -
389   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_width(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
390   - {
391   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
392   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_width(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
393   - }
394   -
395   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_height(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
396   - {
397   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
398   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_height(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
399   - }
400   -
401   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_length(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
402   - {
403   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
404   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_width(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
405   - }
406   -
407   - void pw3270_dbus_set_toggle(PW3270Dbus *object, int id, int value, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
408   - {
409   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
410   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_set_toggle(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),(LIB3270_TOGGLE) id,value));
411   - }
412   -
413   -void pw3270_dbus_cmp_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, const gchar *utftext, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
414   -{
415   - gchar * text;
416   - H3270 * hSession = pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object);
417   -
418   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
419   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
420   - return;
421   -
422   - text = g_convert_with_fallback(utftext,-1,lib3270_get_display_charset(hSession),"UTF-8","?",NULL,NULL,NULL);
423   -
424   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_cmp_text_at(hSession,row,col,text,lf));
425   -
426   - g_free(text);
427   -}
428   -
429   -void pw3270_dbus_pf_key(PW3270Dbus *object, int key, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
430   -{
431   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
432   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
433   - return;
434   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_pfkey(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),key));
435   -}
436   -
437   -void pw3270_dbus_pa_key(PW3270Dbus *object, int key, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
438   -{
439   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
440   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
441   - return;
442   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_pakey(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),key));
443   -}
444   -
445   - void pw3270_dbus_get_field_start(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
446   - {
447   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
448   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_field_start(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),baddr));
449   - }
450   -
451   - void pw3270_dbus_get_field_length(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
452   - {
453   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
454   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_field_len(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),baddr));
455   - }
456   -
457   - void pw3270_dbus_get_next_unprotected(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
458   - {
459   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
460   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_next_unprotected(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),baddr));
461   - }
462   -
463   - void pw3270_dbus_get_is_protected(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
464   - {
465   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
466   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_is_protected(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),baddr));
467   - }
468   -
469   - void pw3270_dbus_get_is_protected_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
470   - {
471   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
472   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_is_protected_at(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),row,col));
473   - }
474   -
475   - void pw3270_dbus_action(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
476   - {
477   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
478   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_action(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),text));
479   - }
480   -
481   - void pw3270_dbus_get_clipboard(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
482   - {
483   - gchar *text;
484   -
485   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
486   -
487   - if(pw3270_dbus_check_valid_state(object,context))
488   - return;
489   -
490   - text = gtk_clipboard_wait_for_text(gtk_widget_get_clipboard(pw3270_get_toplevel(),GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD));
491   -
492   - trace("Clipboard:\n%s\n",text);
493   -
494   - if(!text)
495   - {
496   - GError *error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(ENOENT);
497   - dbus_g_method_return_error(context,error);
498   - g_error_free(error);
499   - }
500   - else
501   - {
502   - dbus_g_method_return(context,text);
503   - g_free(text);
504   - }
505   -}
506   -
507   -void pw3270_dbus_set_clipboard(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
508   -{
509   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
510   - gtk_clipboard_set_text(gtk_widget_get_clipboard(pw3270_get_toplevel(),GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD),(gchar *) text, -1);
511   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
512   -}
513   -
514   -void pw3270_dbus_set_script(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar G_GNUC_UNUSED(*text), int mode, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
515   -{
516   - GtkWidget *widget = pw3270_get_terminal_widget(NULL);
517   -
518   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
519   -
520   - if(!widget)
521   - {
522   - GError *error = pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(EINVAL);
523   - dbus_g_method_return_error(context,error);
524   - g_error_free(error);
525   - return;
526   - }
527   -
528   - dbus_g_method_return(context,v3270_set_script(widget,mode == 0 ? 0 : 'S'));
529   -}
530   -
531   -void pw3270_dbus_show_popup(PW3270Dbus *object, int id, const gchar *title, const gchar *msg, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
532   -{
533   - lib3270_popup_dialog(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object), (LIB3270_NOTIFY) id , title, msg, "%s", text);
534   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
535   -}
536   -
537   -void pw3270_dbus_get_host_charset(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
538   -{
539   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_get_host_charset(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
540   -}
541   -
542   -void pw3270_dbus_get_display_charset(PW3270Dbus G_GNUC_UNUSED(*object), DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
543   -{
544   - // Allways return UTF-8 to avoid double conversion
545   - dbus_g_method_return(context,"UTF-8");
546   -}
547   -
548   -void pw3270_dbus_set_host_charset(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *charset, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
549   -{
550   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_set_host_charset(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),charset));
551   -}
552   -
553   -void pw3270_dbus_erase_eof(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
554   -{
555   - trace("%s object=%p context=%p",__FUNCTION__,object,context);
556   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_eraseeof(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
557   -}
558   -
559   -void pw3270_dbus_print(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
560   -{
561   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_print_all(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object)));
562   -}
563   -
564   -void pw3270_dbus_set_unlock_delay(PW3270Dbus *object, int value, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
565   -{
566   - lib3270_set_unlock_delay(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),(unsigned short) value);
567   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
568   -}
569   -
570   -
571   -void pw3270_dbus_ebc2asc(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *from, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
572   -{
573   - int sz = strlen(from);
574   -
575   - if(sz > 0)
576   - {
577   - unsigned char buffer[sz+1];
578   - memcpy(buffer,from,sz);
579   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_ebc2asc(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),buffer,sz));
580   - return;
581   - }
582   -
583   - dbus_g_method_return(context,"");
584   -
585   -}
586   -
587   -void pw3270_dbus_asc2ebc(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *from, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
588   -{
589   - int sz = strlen(from);
590   -
591   - if(sz > 0)
592   - {
593   - unsigned char buffer[sz+1];
594   - memcpy(buffer,from,sz);
595   - dbus_g_method_return(context,lib3270_asc2ebc(pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(object),buffer,sz));
596   - return;
597   - }
598   -
599   - dbus_g_method_return(context,"");
600   -
601   -}
602   -
603   -void pw3270_dbus_filetransfer(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *local, const gchar *remote, int flags, int lrecl, int blksize, int primspace, int secspace, int dft, DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
604   -{
605   - /*
606   - dbus_g_method_return(context,
607   - v3270_transfer_file(
608   - v3270_get_default_widget(),
609   - (LIB3270_FT_OPTION) flags,
610   - local,
611   - remote,
612   - lrecl,
613   - blksize,
614   - primspace,
615   - secspace,
616   - dft
617   - ));
618   - */
619   - return;
620   -}
621   -
src/ipc3270c/linux/main.c
... ... @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como main.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Referências:
24   - *
25   - * https://github.com/fbuihuu/samples-dbus/blob/master/dbus-server.c
26   - *
27   - * Contatos:
28   - *
29   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
30   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
31   - *
32   - */
33   -
34   -#include <glib.h>
35   -#include <dbus/dbus.h>
36   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib-lowlevel.h>
37   -#include <dbus/dbus-glib.h>
38   -
39   -#include <v3270.h>
40   -#include <pw3270.h>
41   -#include <pw3270/plugin.h>
42   -
43   -#include "service.h"
44   -#include "globals.h"
45   -#include "dbus-glue.h"
46   -
47   -#include <gtk/gtk.h>
48   -
49   -/*---[ Globals ]---------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
50   -
51   - static DBusGConnection * connection = NULL;
52   - static DBusGProxy * proxy = NULL;
53   - static gchar * service_name = NULL;
54   -
55   -
56   -/*---[ Implement ]-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
57   -
58   - LIB3270_EXPORT int pw3270_plugin_start(GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*window), GtkWidget *terminal)
59   - {
60   - GError * error = NULL;
61   - guint result;
62   - char session_id = 0;
63   - char id = 'a';
64   - gchar * ptr;
65   - const gchar * name = v3270_get_session_name(terminal);
66   -
67   - connection = dbus_g_bus_get_private(DBUS_BUS_SESSION, g_main_context_default(), &error);
68   - if(error)
69   - {
70   - GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new(
71   - GTK_WINDOW(window),
72   - (GtkDialogFlags) (GTK_DIALOG_MODAL|GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT),
73   - GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR,
74   - GTK_BUTTONS_OK,
75   - _( "Can't connect to DBUS server" ));
76   -
77   - gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text(GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG(dialog),"%s",error->message);
78   -
79   - g_message("Error \"%s\" getting session dbus",error->message);
80   -
81   - g_error_free(error);
82   -
83   - gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
84   - gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
85   -
86   - return -1;
87   - }
88   -
89   - proxy = dbus_g_proxy_new_for_name(connection,DBUS_SERVICE_DBUS,DBUS_PATH_DBUS,DBUS_INTERFACE_DBUS);
90   -
91   - for(id='a'; id < 'z' && !error && !service_name; id++)
92   - {
93   - gboolean has_owner = FALSE;
94   -
95   - service_name = g_strdup_printf("br.com.bb.%s.%c",name,(int) id);
96   - for(ptr=service_name;*ptr;ptr++)
97   - *ptr = g_ascii_tolower(*ptr);
98   -
99   - org_freedesktop_DBus_name_has_owner(proxy, service_name, &has_owner, NULL);
100   -
101   - if(has_owner)
102   - {
103   - trace("Service \"%s\" has owner",service_name)
104   - g_free(service_name);
105   - service_name = NULL;
106   - }
107   - else
108   - {
109   - session_id = id;
110   - g_message("DBUS service name is %s",service_name);
111   - org_freedesktop_DBus_request_name(proxy, service_name, DBUS_NAME_FLAG_DO_NOT_QUEUE, &result, &error);
112   - }
113   - }
114   -
115   - if(error)
116   - {
117   - GtkWidget *dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new(
118   - GTK_WINDOW(window),
119   - (GtkDialogFlags) (GTK_DIALOG_MODAL|GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT),
120   - GTK_MESSAGE_ERROR,
121   - GTK_BUTTONS_OK,
122   - _( "Can't get DBUS object name" ));
123   -
124   - gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text(GTK_MESSAGE_DIALOG(dialog),"%s",error->message);
125   -
126   - g_message("Error \"%s\" requesting DBUS name",error->message);
127   -
128   - g_error_free(error);
129   -
130   - gtk_dialog_run(GTK_DIALOG(dialog));
131   - gtk_widget_destroy(dialog);
132   -
133   - return -1;
134   - }
135   -
136   - if(session_id)
137   - {
138   -
139   - g_autofree gchar * session = g_strdup_printf("%s:%c",name,g_ascii_toupper(session_id));
140   -
141   - static const gchar * path = "/br/com/bb/pw3270";
142   - g_message("DBUS service path is %s, session name is %s",path,session);
143   - v3270_set_session_name(terminal,session);
144   -
145   - pw3270_dbus_register_object(connection,proxy,PW3270_TYPE_DBUS,&dbus_glib_pw3270_dbus_object_info,path);
146   -
147   - }
148   -
149   - return 0;
150   - }
151   -
152   - LIB3270_EXPORT int pw3270_plugin_stop(GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*window), GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*terminal))
153   - {
154   - if(proxy)
155   - {
156   - debug("%s: Releasing proxy",__FUNCTION__);
157   - g_object_unref(proxy);
158   - proxy = NULL;
159   - }
160   -
161   - if(service_name)
162   - {
163   - g_free(service_name);
164   - service_name = NULL;
165   - }
166   - return 0;
167   - }
168   -
169   - void pw3270_dbus_quit(PW3270Dbus G_GNUC_UNUSED(*object), DBusGMethodInvocation *context)
170   - {
171   - gtk_main_quit();
172   - dbus_g_method_return(context,0);
173   - }
174   -
175   - H3270 * pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270Dbus G_GNUC_UNUSED(*object))
176   - {
177   - debug("%s=%p",__FUNCTION__,lib3270_get_default_session_handle());
178   - return lib3270_get_default_session_handle();
179   - }
180   -
181   -#if ! GLIB_CHECK_VERSION(2,44,0)
182   -// Reference: https://github.com/ImageMagick/glib/blob/master/glib/glib-autocleanups.h
183   -void hllapi_autoptr_cleanup_generic_gfree(void *p)
184   -{
185   - void **pp = (void**)p;
186   - g_free (*pp);
187   -}
188   -#endif // ! GLIB(2,44,0)
189   -
src/ipc3270c/linux/misc.c
... ... @@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como misc.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - * Referencias:
31   - *
32   - * https://live.gnome.org/DBusGlibBindings
33   - *
34   - */
35   -
36   -#include "globals.h"
37   -
38   -/*---[ Implement ]-------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
39   -
40   -gpointer pw3270_dbus_register_object(DBusGConnection *connection,DBusGProxy G_GNUC_UNUSED(*proxy),GType object_type,const DBusGObjectInfo *info,const gchar *path)
41   -{
42   - GObject *object = G_OBJECT(g_object_new(object_type, NULL));
43   - dbus_g_object_type_install_info (object_type, info);
44   - dbus_g_connection_register_g_object (connection, path, object);
45   - return object;
46   -}
47   -
src/ipc3270c/linux/service.h
... ... @@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como service.h e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - * licinio@bb.com.br (Licínio Luis Branco)
28   - * kraucer@bb.com.br (Kraucer Fernandes Mazuco)
29   - *
30   - */
31   -
32   -#ifndef _PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE_H
33   -
34   - #define _PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE_H 1
35   -
36   - #define ENABLE_NLS
37   - #define GETTEXT_PACKAGE PACKAGE_NAME
38   -
39   - #include "globals.h"
40   -
41   - #define PW3270_TYPE_DBUS (pw3270_dbus_get_type ())
42   - #define PW3270_DBUS(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_CAST ((object), PW3270_TYPE_DBUS, PW3270Dbus))
43   - #define PW3270_DBUS_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_CAST ((klass), PW3270_TYPE_DBUS, PW3270DbusClass))
44   - #define IS_PW3270_DBUS(object) (G_TYPE_CHECK_INSTANCE_TYPE ((object), PW3270_TYPE_DBUS))
45   - #define IS_PW3270_DBUS_CLASS(klass) (G_TYPE_CHECK_CLASS_TYPE ((klass), PW3270_TYPE_DBUS))
46   - #define PW3270_DBUS_GET_CLASS(obj) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((obj), PW3270_TYPE_DBUS, PW3270DbusClass))
47   -
48   - G_BEGIN_DECLS
49   -
50   - typedef struct _PW3270Dbus PW3270Dbus;
51   - typedef struct _PW3270DbusClass PW3270DbusClass;
52   -
53   - struct _PW3270Dbus
54   - {
55   - GObject parent;
56   - };
57   -
58   - struct _PW3270DbusClass
59   - {
60   - GObjectClass parent;
61   - };
62   -
63   - PW3270Dbus * pw3270_dbus_new (void);
64   - GType pw3270_dbus_get_type (void);
65   -
66   - void pw3270_dbus_get_revision(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
67   - void pw3270_dbus_quit(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
68   - void pw3270_dbus_connect(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *uri, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
69   - void pw3270_dbus_get_ur_l(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
70   - void pw3270_dbus_set_ur_l(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *uri, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
71   - void pw3270_dbus_disconnect(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
72   -
73   - void pw3270_dbus_get_message_id(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
74   - void pw3270_dbus_get_connection_state(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
75   - void pw3270_dbus_get_secure_state(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
76   -
77   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_contents(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
78   - H3270 * pw3270_dbus_get_session_handle(PW3270Dbus *object);
79   - GError * pw3270_dbus_get_error_from_errno(int code);
80   -
81   - void pw3270_dbus_is_connected(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
82   - void pw3270_dbus_is_ready(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
83   - void pw3270_dbus_in_tn3270_e(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
84   -
85   - void pw3270_dbus_set_cursor_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
86   - void pw3270_dbus_set_cursor_address(PW3270Dbus *object, int addr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
87   - void pw3270_dbus_get_cursor_address(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
88   -
89   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_width(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
90   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_height(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
91   - void pw3270_dbus_get_screen_length(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
92   -
93   - void pw3270_dbus_set_toggle(PW3270Dbus *object, int id, int value, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
94   -
95   - void pw3270_dbus_wait_for_ready(PW3270Dbus *object, int timeout, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
96   -
97   - void pw3270_dbus_get_field_start(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
98   - void pw3270_dbus_get_field_length(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
99   - void pw3270_dbus_get_next_unprotected(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
100   -
101   - void pw3270_dbus_get_is_protected(PW3270Dbus *object, int baddr, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
102   - void pw3270_dbus_get_is_protected_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
103   -
104   - void pw3270_dbus_set_script(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *text, int mode, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
105   -
106   - void pw3270_dbus_show_popup(PW3270Dbus *object, int id, const gchar *title, const gchar *msg, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
107   -
108   - void pw3270_dbus_action(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
109   -
110   - // Actions
111   - void pw3270_dbus_enter(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
112   - void pw3270_dbus_pf_key(PW3270Dbus *object, int key, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
113   - void pw3270_dbus_pa_key(PW3270Dbus *object, int key, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
114   - void pw3270_dbus_set_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
115   - void pw3270_dbus_get_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, int len, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
116   - void pw3270_dbus_get_text(PW3270Dbus *object, int offset, int len, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
117   - void pw3270_dbus_cmp_text_at(PW3270Dbus *object, int row, int col, const gchar *text, char lf, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
118   - void pw3270_dbus_input(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *utftext, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
119   -
120   - void pw3270_dbus_set_clipboard(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *text, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
121   - void pw3270_dbus_get_clipboard(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
122   -
123   - void pw3270_dbus_get_display_charset(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
124   - void pw3270_dbus_get_host_charset(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
125   - void pw3270_dbus_set_host_charset(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *charset, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
126   - void pw3270_dbus_erase_eof(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
127   - void pw3270_dbus_print(PW3270Dbus *object, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
128   -
129   - void pw3270_dbus_asc2ebc(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *from, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
130   - void pw3270_dbus_ebc2asc(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *from, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
131   -
132   - void pw3270_dbus_filetransfer(PW3270Dbus *object, const gchar *local, const gchar *remote, int flags, int lrecl, int blksize, int primspace, int secspace, int dft, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
133   -
134   - void pw3270_dbus_set_unlock_delay(PW3270Dbus *object, int value, DBusGMethodInvocation *context);
135   -
136   - G_END_DECLS
137   -
138   -#endif // _PW3270_DBUS_SERVICE_H
src/ipc3270c/windows/main.c
... ... @@ -1,671 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
19   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como - e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - * Agradecimento:
29   - *
30   - * Hélio Passos
31   - *
32   - */
33   -
34   - #include "private.h"
35   -
36   -#ifdef _WIN32
37   - #include <windows.h>
38   -#else
39   - #error HLLAPI is designed for windows.
40   -#endif // _WIN32
41   -
42   - #include <pw3270/plugin.h>
43   - #include <v3270.h>
44   - #include <pw3270/ipcpackets.h>
45   - #include <lib3270/actions.h>
46   - #include <lib3270/charset.h>
47   - #include <lib3270/toggle.h>
48   -
49   -/*--[ Defines ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
50   -
51   - #pragma pack(1)
52   -
53   - enum PIPE_STATE
54   - {
55   - PIPE_STATE_WAITING,
56   - PIPE_STATE_READ,
57   - PIPE_STATE_PENDING_READ,
58   - PIPE_STATE_UNDEFINED
59   - };
60   -
61   - typedef struct _pipe_source
62   - {
63   - GSource gsrc;
64   - HANDLE hPipe;
65   -
66   - enum PIPE_STATE state;
67   -
68   - OVERLAPPED overlap;
69   - unsigned char buffer[PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH+1];
70   - } pipe_source;
71   -
72   - #pragma pack()
73   -
74   -
75   -/*--[ Globals ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
76   -
77   -// static const gchar control_char = '@';
78   -
79   -/*--[ Implement ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
80   -
81   - static void IO_accept(pipe_source *source)
82   - {
83   - set_active(FALSE);
84   -
85   - if(ConnectNamedPipe(source->hPipe,&source->overlap))
86   - {
87   - popup_lasterror("%s",_( "Error in ConnectNamedPipe" ));
88   - return;
89   - }
90   -
91   - switch(GetLastError())
92   - {
93   - // The overlapped connection in progress.
94   - case ERROR_IO_PENDING:
95   - // trace("%s: ERROR_IO_PENDING",__FUNCTION__);
96   - source->state = PIPE_STATE_WAITING;
97   - break;
98   -
99   - // Client is already connected, so signal an event.
100   - case ERROR_PIPE_CONNECTED:
101   - trace("%s: ERROR_PIPE_CONNECTED",__FUNCTION__);
102   - set_active(TRUE);
103   - SetEvent(source->overlap.hEvent);
104   - break;
105   -
106   - // If an error occurs during the connect operation...
107   - default:
108   - popup_lasterror("%s", _( "ConnectNamedPipe failed" ));
109   - }
110   -
111   - }
112   -
113   - static gboolean IO_prepare(GSource *source, gint *timeout)
114   - {
115   - /*
116   - * Called before all the file descriptors are polled.
117   - * If the source can determine that it is ready here
118   - * (without waiting for the results of the poll() call)
119   - * it should return TRUE.
120   - *
121   - * It can also return a timeout_ value which should be the maximum
122   - * timeout (in milliseconds) which should be passed to the poll() call.
123   - * The actual timeout used will be -1 if all sources returned -1,
124   - * or it will be the minimum of all the timeout_ values
125   - * returned which were >= 0.
126   - *
127   - */
128   - if(WaitForSingleObject(((pipe_source *) source)->overlap.hEvent,0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
129   - return TRUE;
130   -
131   - *timeout = 10;
132   - return FALSE;
133   - }
134   -
135   - static gboolean IO_check(GSource *source)
136   - {
137   - /*
138   - * Called after all the file descriptors are polled.
139   - * The source should return TRUE if it is ready to be dispatched.
140   - * Note that some time may have passed since the previous prepare
141   - * function was called, so the source should be checked again here.
142   - *
143   - */
144   - if(WaitForSingleObject(((pipe_source *) source)->overlap.hEvent,0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
145   - return TRUE;
146   -
147   - return FALSE;
148   - }
149   -
150   - static void send_text(pipe_source *source, char *text)
151   - {
152   - struct hllapi_packet_text *pkt;
153   - DWORD szBlock;
154   - int f;
155   -
156   - if(text)
157   - {
158   - szBlock = sizeof(struct hllapi_packet_text)+strlen(text);
159   - pkt = (struct hllapi_packet_text *) g_malloc0(szBlock);
160   - pkt->packet_id = 0;
161   - strcpy(pkt->text,text);
162   - lib3270_free(text);
163   - }
164   - else
165   - {
166   - szBlock = sizeof(struct hllapi_packet_text);
167   - pkt = (struct hllapi_packet_text *) g_malloc0(szBlock);
168   - pkt->packet_id = errno ? errno : -1;
169   - }
170   -
171   - trace("szBlock=%d text=\"%s\"",szBlock, ( (struct hllapi_packet_text *) pkt)->text);
172   - for(f=0;f< (int) szBlock;f++)
173   - {
174   - trace("rsp(%d)= %d \"%s\"",f,* (((char *) pkt)+f),((char *) pkt)+f);
175   - }
176   -
177   - WriteFile(source->hPipe,pkt,szBlock,&szBlock,NULL);
178   -
179   - g_free(pkt);
180   - }
181   -
182   - static void send_result(pipe_source *source, int rc)
183   - {
184   - struct hllapi_packet_result pkt = { rc };
185   - DWORD wrote = sizeof(pkt);
186   - WriteFile(source->hPipe,&pkt,wrote,&wrote,NULL);
187   - }
188   -
189   - static int do_file_transfer(struct hllapi_packet_file_transfer G_GNUC_UNUSED(* source))
190   - {
191   - /*
192   - const gchar * local = (const char *) source->text;
193   - const gchar * remote = (const char *) (local+strlen(local)+1);
194   -
195   - return v3270_transfer_file( v3270_get_default_widget(),
196   - (LIB3270_FT_OPTION) source->options,
197   - local,
198   - remote,
199   - source->lrecl,
200   - source->blksize,
201   - source->primspace,
202   - source->secspace,
203   - source->dft );
204   - */
205   - return EINVAL;
206   - }
207   -
208   - static void get_host(pipe_source *source) {
209   - send_text(source,strdup(lib3270_get_url(lib3270_get_default_session_handle())));
210   - }
211   -
212   - static void process_input(pipe_source *source, DWORD G_GNUC_UNUSED(cbRead))
213   - {
214   - const struct hllapi_packet_query * query = ((struct hllapi_packet_query *) source->buffer);
215   -
216   - trace("%s id=%d",__FUNCTION__,query->packet_id);
217   -
218   - switch(query->packet_id)
219   - {
220   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_CONNECT:
221   - send_result(source,lib3270_reconnect( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
222   - ((struct hllapi_packet_connect *) source->buffer)->wait));
223   - break;
224   -
225   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_CONNECT_URL:
226   - send_result(source,lib3270_connect_url(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),(const char *) (query+1),0));
227   - break;
228   -
229   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_HOST:
230   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_url(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
231   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text *) source->buffer)->text));
232   - break;
233   -
234   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_HOST:
235   - get_host(source);
236   - break;
237   -
238   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_DISCONNECT:
239   - send_result(source,lib3270_disconnect(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
240   - break;
241   -
242   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_IS_CONNECTED:
243   - send_result(source,lib3270_in_tn3270e(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
244   - break;
245   -
246   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_IS_READY:
247   - send_result(source,lib3270_is_ready(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
248   - break;
249   -
250   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ENTER:
251   - send_result(source,lib3270_enter(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
252   - break;
253   -
254   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_PRINT:
255   - send_result(source,lib3270_print_all(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
256   - break;
257   -
258   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ERASE:
259   - send_result(source,lib3270_erase(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
260   - break;
261   -
262   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ERASE_EOF:
263   - send_result(source,lib3270_eraseeof(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
264   - break;
265   -
266   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ERASE_EOL:
267   - send_result(source,lib3270_eraseeol(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
268   - break;
269   -
270   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ERASE_INPUT:
271   - send_result(source,lib3270_eraseinput(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
272   - break;
273   -
274   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_PFKEY:
275   - send_result(source,lib3270_pfkey( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
276   - ((struct hllapi_packet_keycode *) source->buffer)->keycode));
277   - break;
278   -
279   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_PAKEY:
280   - send_result(source,lib3270_pakey( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
281   - ((struct hllapi_packet_keycode *) source->buffer)->keycode));
282   - break;
283   -
284   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_CURSOR_POSITION:
285   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_cursor_position( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
286   - ((struct hllapi_packet_cursor *) source->buffer)->row,
287   - ((struct hllapi_packet_cursor *) source->buffer)->col));
288   - break;
289   -
290   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_TEXT_AT:
291   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_text_at( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
292   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->row,
293   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->col,
294   - (unsigned char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->text));
295   - break;
296   -
297   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_TEXT_AT:
298   - send_text(source,lib3270_get_string_at( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
299   - ((struct hllapi_packet_at *) source->buffer)->row,
300   - ((struct hllapi_packet_at *) source->buffer)->col,
301   - ((struct hllapi_packet_at *) source->buffer)->len,
302   - ((struct hllapi_packet_at *) source->buffer)->lf));
303   - break;
304   -
305   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_TEXT_AT_OFFSET:
306   - send_text(source,lib3270_get_string_at_address( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
307   - ((struct hllapi_packet_query_offset *) source->buffer)->addr,
308   - ((struct hllapi_packet_query_offset *) source->buffer)->len,
309   - ((struct hllapi_packet_query_offset *) source->buffer)->lf));
310   - break;
311   -
312   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_CMP_TEXT_AT:
313   - send_result(source,lib3270_cmp_text_at( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
314   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->row,
315   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->col,
316   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->text,
317   - ((struct hllapi_packet_text_at *) source->buffer)->lf));
318   - break;
319   -
320   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_INPUT_STRING:
321   - send_result(source,lib3270_input_string(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
322   - (unsigned char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_text *) source->buffer)->text,-1));
323   - break;
324   -
325   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_EMULATE_INPUT:
326   - send_result(source,lib3270_emulate_input(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
327   - (const char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_emulate_input *) source->buffer)->text,
328   - (int) ((struct hllapi_packet_emulate_input *) source->buffer)->len,
329   - (int) ((struct hllapi_packet_emulate_input *) source->buffer)->pasting));
330   - break;
331   -
332   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_CURSOR:
333   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_cursor_address(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
334   - ((struct hllapi_packet_addr *) source->buffer)->addr));
335   - break;
336   -
337   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_CURSOR:
338   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_cursor_address(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
339   - break;
340   -
341   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_WIDTH:
342   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_width(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
343   - break;
344   -
345   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_HEIGHT:
346   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_height(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
347   - break;
348   -
349   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_LENGTH:
350   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_length(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
351   - break;
352   -
353   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_PROGRAM_MESSAGE:
354   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_program_message(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
355   - break;
356   -
357   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_SSL_STATE:
358   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_ssl_state(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
359   - break;
360   -
361   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_UNLOCK_DELAY:
362   - lib3270_set_unlock_delay(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),(unsigned short) ((struct hllapi_packet_set_int *) source->buffer)->value);
363   - send_result(source,0);
364   - break;
365   -
366   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_TOGGLE:
367   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_toggle(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
368   - (LIB3270_TOGGLE) ((struct hllapi_packet_set *) source->buffer)->id,
369   - ((struct hllapi_packet_set *) source->buffer)->value));
370   - break;
371   -
372   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_FIELD_START:
373   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_field_start(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
374   - ((struct hllapi_packet_addr *) source->buffer)->addr));
375   - break;
376   -
377   -
378   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_FIELD_LEN:
379   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_field_len(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
380   - ((struct hllapi_packet_addr *) source->buffer)->addr));
381   - break;
382   -
383   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_NEXT_UNPROTECTED:
384   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_next_unprotected(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
385   - ((struct hllapi_packet_addr *) source->buffer)->addr));
386   - break;
387   -
388   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_IS_PROTECTED:
389   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_is_protected(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
390   - ((struct hllapi_packet_addr *) source->buffer)->addr));
391   - break;
392   -
393   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_IS_PROTECTED_AT:
394   - send_result(source,lib3270_get_is_protected_at( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
395   - ((struct hllapi_packet_query_at *) source->buffer)->row,
396   - ((struct hllapi_packet_query_at *) source->buffer)->col));
397   - break;
398   -
399   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_QUIT:
400   - gtk_main_quit();
401   - send_result(source,0);
402   - break;
403   -
404   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_SET_HOST_CHARSET:
405   - send_result(source,lib3270_set_host_charset( lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
406   - (const char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_set_text *) source->buffer)->text));
407   - break;
408   -
409   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ASC2EBC:
410   - send_text(source,(char *) lib3270_asc2ebc(
411   - lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
412   - (unsigned char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_set_text *) source->buffer)->text,-1
413   - ));
414   - break;
415   -
416   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_EBC2ASC:
417   - send_text(source,(char *) lib3270_ebc2asc(
418   - lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
419   - (unsigned char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_set_text *) source->buffer)->text,-1
420   - ));
421   - break;
422   -
423   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_FILE_TRANSFER:
424   - send_result(source,do_file_transfer((struct hllapi_packet_file_transfer *) source));
425   - break;
426   -
427   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_HOST_CHARSET:
428   - trace("%s","HLLAPI_PACKET_GET_HOST_CHARSET");
429   - send_text(source,(char *) lib3270_get_host_charset(lib3270_get_default_session_handle()));
430   - break;
431   -
432   - case HLLAPI_PACKET_ACTION:
433   - send_result(source,lib3270_action(lib3270_get_default_session_handle(),
434   - (const char *) ((struct hllapi_packet_text *) source->buffer)->text));
435   - break;
436   -
437   -
438   - default:
439   - send_result(source, EINVAL);
440   - g_message("Invalid remote request (id=%d)",source->buffer[0]);
441   - }
442   -
443   - }
444   -
445   - static void read_input_pipe(pipe_source *source)
446   - {
447   - DWORD cbRead = 0;
448   -
449   - if(ReadFile(source->hPipe,source->buffer,PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH,&cbRead,&source->overlap) && cbRead > 0)
450   - process_input(source,cbRead);
451   -
452   - // The read operation is still pending.
453   - switch(GetLastError())
454   - {
455   - case 0:
456   - break;
457   -
458   - case ERROR_IO_PENDING:
459   - // trace("%s: PIPE_STATE_PENDING_READ",__FUNCTION__);
460   - source->state = PIPE_STATE_PENDING_READ;
461   - break;
462   -
463   - case ERROR_PIPE_LISTENING:
464   - // trace("%s: ERROR_PIPE_LISTENING",__FUNCTION__);
465   - source->state = PIPE_STATE_READ;
466   - break;
467   -
468   - case ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE:
469   - trace("%s: ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE",__FUNCTION__);
470   -
471   - if(!DisconnectNamedPipe(source->hPipe))
472   - {
473   - set_active(FALSE);
474   - popup_lasterror("%s",_( "Error in DisconnectNamedPipe" ));
475   - }
476   - else
477   - {
478   - IO_accept(source);
479   - }
480   - break;
481   -
482   - case ERROR_PIPE_NOT_CONNECTED:
483   - trace("%s: ERROR_PIPE_NOT_CONNECTED",__FUNCTION__);
484   - set_active(FALSE);
485   - break;
486   -
487   - default:
488   - if(source->hPipe != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
489   - popup_lasterror("%s",_( "Error receiving message from pipe" ) );
490   - }
491   -
492   - }
493   -
494   - static gboolean IO_dispatch(GSource *source, GSourceFunc G_GNUC_UNUSED(callback), gpointer G_GNUC_UNUSED(data))
495   - {
496   - /*
497   - * Called to dispatch the event source,
498   - * after it has returned TRUE in either its prepare or its check function.
499   - * The dispatch function is passed in a callback function and data.
500   - * The callback function may be NULL if the source was never connected
501   - * to a callback using g_source_set_callback(). The dispatch function
502   - * should call the callback function with user_data and whatever additional
503   - * parameters are needed for this type of event source.
504   - */
505   - BOOL fSuccess;
506   - DWORD cbRead = 0;
507   -// DWORD dwErr = 0;
508   -
509   - fSuccess = GetOverlappedResult(((pipe_source *) source)->hPipe,&((pipe_source *) source)->overlap,&cbRead,FALSE );
510   -
511   - // trace("%s: source=%p data=%p Result=%s cbRead=%d",__FUNCTION__,source,data,fSuccess ? "Success" : "Unsuccess",(int) cbRead);
512   -
513   - switch(((pipe_source *) source)->state)
514   - {
515   - case PIPE_STATE_WAITING:
516   - if(fSuccess)
517   - {
518   - trace("Pipe connected (cbRet=%d)",(int) cbRead);
519   - set_active(TRUE);
520   - ((pipe_source *) source)->state = PIPE_STATE_READ;
521   - }
522   - else
523   - {
524   - popup_lasterror("%s", _( "Pipe connection failed" ));
525   - }
526   - break;
527   -
528   - case PIPE_STATE_READ:
529   - // trace("Reading pipe (cbRead=%d)",(int) cbRead);
530   - read_input_pipe( (pipe_source *) source);
531   - break;
532   -
533   - case PIPE_STATE_PENDING_READ:
534   - if(fSuccess && cbRead > 0)
535   - process_input((pipe_source *) source,cbRead);
536   - ((pipe_source *) source)->state = PIPE_STATE_READ;
537   - break;
538   -
539   - case PIPE_STATE_UNDEFINED:
540   - break;
541   -
542   -//#ifdef DEBUG
543   -// default:
544   -// trace("%s: source=%p data=%p Unexpected mode %d",__FUNCTION__,source,data,((pipe_source *) source)->state);
545   -//#endif
546   - }
547   -
548   - return TRUE;
549   - }
550   -
551   - static void IO_finalize(GSource *source)
552   - {
553   -// trace("%s: source=%p",__FUNCTION__,source);
554   -
555   - if( ((pipe_source *) source)->hPipe != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
556   - {
557   - CloseHandle(((pipe_source *) source)->hPipe);
558   - ((pipe_source *) source)->hPipe = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
559   - }
560   -
561   - }
562   -
563   - static gboolean IO_closure(gpointer G_GNUC_UNUSED(data))
564   - {
565   - return 0;
566   - }
567   -
568   - void popup_lasterror(const gchar *fmt, ...)
569   - {
570   - char buffer[4096];
571   - va_list arg_ptr;
572   - int sz;
573   - DWORD errcode = GetLastError();
574   - char *ptr;
575   - LPVOID lpMsgBuf = 0;
576   -
577   - FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS, NULL, errcode, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL);
578   -
579   - for(ptr= (char *) lpMsgBuf;*ptr && *ptr != '\n';ptr++);
580   - *ptr = 0;
581   -
582   - va_start(arg_ptr, fmt);
583   - vsnprintf(buffer,4095,fmt,arg_ptr);
584   - va_end(arg_ptr);
585   -
586   - sz = strlen(buffer);
587   - snprintf(buffer+sz,4096-sz,": %s\n(rc=%d)",lpMsgBuf,(int) errcode);
588   -
589   - printf("%s\n",buffer);
590   -
591   -#ifdef DEBUG
592   - fprintf(stderr,"%s\n",buffer);
593   - fflush(stderr);
594   -#endif
595   -
596   - LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
597   - }
598   -
599   - LIB3270_EXPORT int pw3270_plugin_start(GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*window), GtkWidget *terminal)
600   - {
601   - char id;
602   - const gchar * name = v3270_get_session_name(terminal);
603   -
604   - for(id='A';id < 'Z';id++)
605   - {
606   - g_autofree gchar * pipename = g_strdup_printf("\\\\.\\pipe\\%s_%c",name,id);
607   - gchar * ptr;
608   - HANDLE hPipe;
609   -
610   - for(ptr=pipename;*ptr;ptr++)
611   - *ptr = g_ascii_tolower(*ptr);
612   -
613   - hPipe = CreateNamedPipe( TEXT(pipename), // pipe name
614   - PIPE_ACCESS_DUPLEX | // read/write access
615   - FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, // overlapped mode
616   - PIPE_TYPE_MESSAGE | // pipe type
617   - PIPE_READMODE_MESSAGE | // pipe mode
618   - PIPE_WAIT, // blocking mode
619   - 1, // number of instances
620   - PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH, // output buffer size
621   - PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH, // input buffer size
622   - NMPWAIT_USE_DEFAULT_WAIT, // client time-out
623   - NULL); // default security attributes
624   -
625   - trace("%s = %p",pipename,hPipe);
626   -
627   - if(hPipe != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
628   - {
629   - static GSourceFuncs pipe_source_funcs =
630   - {
631   - IO_prepare,
632   - IO_check,
633   - IO_dispatch,
634   - IO_finalize,
635   - IO_closure,
636   - NULL
637   - };
638   - g_autofree gchar * session = g_strdup_printf("%s:%c",name,id);
639   - pipe_source * source = (pipe_source *) g_source_new(&pipe_source_funcs,sizeof(pipe_source));
640   -
641   - source->hPipe = hPipe;
642   - source->state = PIPE_STATE_WAITING;
643   - source->overlap.hEvent = CreateEvent( NULL,TRUE,TRUE,NULL);
644   -
645   - g_source_attach((GSource *) source,NULL);
646   - IO_accept(source);
647   -
648   - v3270_set_session_name(terminal,session);
649   - g_message("Session %s attached to %s",session,pipename);
650   -
651   - return 0;
652   - }
653   -
654   - }
655   -
656   - popup_lasterror( "%s", _( "Can´t create remote control pipe" ));
657   -
658   - return -1;
659   - }
660   -
661   - LIB3270_EXPORT int pw3270_plugin_stop(GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*window), GtkWidget G_GNUC_UNUSED(*terminal))
662   - {
663   -
664   - return 0;
665   - }
666   -
667   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void set_active(gboolean on)
668   - {
669   - trace("%s(%s)",__FUNCTION__,on ? "Active" : "Inactive");
670   - // v3270_set_script(v3270_get_default_widget(),'H');
671   - }
src/ipc3270c/windows/private.h
... ... @@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   - * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como -e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - */
29   -
30   - #include <config.h>
31   - #define ENABLE_NLS
32   - #define GETTEXT_PACKAGE PACKAGE_NAME
33   -
34   - #include <libintl.h>
35   - #include <glib/gi18n.h>
36   - #include <gtk/gtk.h>
37   -
38   - #include <lib3270.h>
39   - #include <lib3270/log.h>
40   - #include <pw3270.h>
41   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
42   -
43   - #include <windows.h>
44   -
45   - #define PIPE_BUFFER_LENGTH HLLAPI_MAXLENGTH+30
46   -
47   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void popup_lasterror(const gchar *fmt, ...);
48   - G_GNUC_INTERNAL void set_active(gboolean on);
49   -
50   -
src/ipc3270c/windows/resources.rc.in
... ... @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
1   -#include <windows.h>
2   -
3   -VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
4   -FILEVERSION @PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@,0
5   -PRODUCTVERSION @PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@,@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@,0
6   -
7   -BEGIN
8   -
9   - BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
10   - BEGIN
11   - BLOCK "080904E4"
12   - BEGIN
13   - VALUE "FileDescription", "IPC Compatibility Plugin for pw3270\0"
14   - VALUE "CompanyName", "Banco do Brasil S/A.\0"
15   - VALUE "FileVersion", "@WIN32_VERSION@\0"
16   - VALUE "LegalCopyright", "(C) 2017 Banco do Brasil S/A. All Rights Reserved\0"
17   - VALUE "OriginalFilename", "ipc3270@DLLEXT@\0"
18   - VALUE "ProductName", "pw3270\0"
19   - VALUE "ProductVersion", "@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.0\0"
20   - END
21   - END
22   -
23   - BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
24   - BEGIN
25   - VALUE "Translation", 0x809, 0x04E4
26   - END
27   -
28   -END
29   -
src/testprogram/linux/test.sh 0 → 100755
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
  1 +#!/bin/bash
  2 +
  3 +SESSION=a
  4 +DEST=br.com.bb.pw3270
  5 +BPATH=/br/com/bb/pw3270
  6 +
  7 +run_command()
  8 +{
  9 +
  10 + case $1 in
  11 +
  12 + revision)
  13 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getRevision
  14 + ;;
  15 +
  16 + message)
  17 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getMessageID
  18 + ;;
  19 +
  20 + ssl)
  21 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getSecureState
  22 + ;;
  23 +
  24 + connect)
  25 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.connect string:$2 int32:10
  26 + ;;
  27 +
  28 + disconnect)
  29 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.disconnect
  30 + ;;
  31 +
  32 + url)
  33 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getURL
  34 + ;;
  35 +
  36 + quit)
  37 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.quit
  38 + ;;
  39 +
  40 + get)
  41 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getScreenContents
  42 + ;;
  43 +
  44 + gettext)
  45 +# addr,len,lf
  46 +# dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getText int32:1 int32:-1 byte:0
  47 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getText int32:1 int32:-1 byte:10
  48 + ;;
  49 +
  50 + protect)
  51 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getIsProtectedAt int32:$2 int32:$3
  52 + ;;
  53 +
  54 + set)
  55 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.setTextAt int32:$2 int32:$3 string:$4
  56 + ;;
  57 +
  58 + action)
  59 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.action string:$2
  60 + ;;
  61 +
  62 + enter)
  63 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.enter
  64 + ;;
  65 +
  66 + isconnected)
  67 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.isConnected
  68 + ;;
  69 +
  70 + hostcharset)
  71 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getHostCharset
  72 + ;;
  73 +
  74 + displaycharset)
  75 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getDisplayCharset
  76 + ;;
  77 +
  78 + unlockdelay)
  79 + dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.setUnlockDelay int32:$2
  80 + ;;
  81 +
  82 + *)
  83 + echo "Comando $1 desconhecido"
  84 + ;;
  85 +
  86 + esac
  87 +}
  88 +
  89 +
  90 +
  91 +until [ -z "$1" ]
  92 +do
  93 + if [ ${1:0:2} = '--' ]; then
  94 + tmp=${1:2}
  95 + parameter=${tmp%%=*}
  96 + parameter=$(echo $parameter | tr "[:lower:]" "[:upper:]")
  97 + value=${tmp##*=}
  98 +
  99 + case "$parameter" in
  100 + SESSION)
  101 + SESSION=$value
  102 + ;;
  103 + HELP)
  104 + echo "$0 options"
  105 + echo ""
  106 + echo "Options:"
  107 + echo ""
  108 + echo " --session pw3270's session manager"
  109 + echo ""
  110 + exit 0
  111 + ;;
  112 +
  113 + *)
  114 + eval $parameter=$value
  115 + ;;
  116 +
  117 + esac
  118 +
  119 + else
  120 + run_command $@
  121 + exit 0
  122 + fi
  123 +
  124 + shift
  125 +done
  126 +
... ...
src/testprogram/testprogram.cc 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
  1 +/*
  2 + * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
  3 + * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
  4 + * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
  5 + *
  6 + * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
  7 + *
  8 + * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
  9 + * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
  10 + * Free Software Foundation.
  11 + *
  12 + * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
  13 + * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
  14 + * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
  15 + * obter mais detalhes.
  16 + *
  17 + * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
  18 + * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
  19 + * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
  20 + *
  21 + * Este programa está nomeado como testprogram.cc e possui - linhas de código.
  22 + *
  23 + * Contatos:
  24 + *
  25 + * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
  26 + * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
  27 + *
  28 + */
  29 +
  30 + #include <iostream>
  31 + #include <getopt.h>
  32 + #include <cstring>
  33 + #include <cstdio>
  34 + #include <lib3270/hllapi.h>
  35 +
  36 + #define SCREEN_LENGTH 2000
  37 +
  38 + using namespace std;
  39 +
  40 +/*---[ Implement ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
  41 +
  42 + int main(int argc, char **argv) {
  43 +
  44 + char buffer[SCREEN_LENGTH+1];
  45 +
  46 + const char *host = "";
  47 + const char *session = "pw3270:a";
  48 +
  49 + #pragma GCC diagnostic push
  50 + static struct option options[] =
  51 + {
  52 + { "host", required_argument, 0, 'h' },
  53 + { "session-name", required_argument, 0, 'S' },
  54 + { 0, 0, 0, 0}
  55 + };
  56 + #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
  57 +
  58 + int long_index =0;
  59 + int opt;
  60 + while((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "h:S:", options, &long_index )) != -1)
  61 + {
  62 +
  63 + switch(opt)
  64 + {
  65 + case 'h':
  66 + host = optarg;
  67 + break;
  68 +
  69 + case 'S':
  70 + session = optarg;
  71 + break;
  72 +
  73 + }
  74 +
  75 + }
  76 +
  77 + int rc = hllapi_init((char *) session);
  78 + if(rc) {
  79 + cout << "hllapi_init returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  80 + return rc;
  81 + }
  82 +
  83 + cout << "TN3270 library revision is " << ((int) hllapi_get_revision()) << endl << ">";
  84 +
  85 + cout.flush();
  86 +
  87 + string cmdline;
  88 + while(std::getline(std::cin, cmdline)) {
  89 +
  90 + if(cmdline.empty())
  91 + break;
  92 +
  93 + memset(buffer,' ',SCREEN_LENGTH);
  94 + buffer[SCREEN_LENGTH] = 0;
  95 +
  96 + rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  97 +
  98 + if(strcasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"connect") == 0) {
  99 +
  100 + cout << "Connecting..." << endl;
  101 + rc = hllapi_connect((LPSTR) host,1);
  102 +
  103 + } else if(strcasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"wait") == 0) {
  104 +
  105 + rc = hllapi_wait_for_ready(10);
  106 + cout << "hllapi_wait_for_ready returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  107 +
  108 + } else if(strcasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"disconnect") == 0) {
  109 +
  110 + cout << "Disconnecting..." << endl;
  111 + rc = hllapi_disconnect();
  112 +
  113 + } else if(strcasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"luname") == 0) {
  114 +
  115 + rc = hllapi_get_lu_name(buffer,SCREEN_LENGTH);
  116 + if(rc == HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  117 + cout << "LU Name is " << buffer << endl;
  118 + }
  119 +
  120 + } else if(strcasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"contents") == 0) {
  121 +
  122 + rc = hllapi_get_screen(0,buffer,SCREEN_LENGTH);
  123 + cout << "hllapi_get_screen returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl
  124 + << buffer << endl << endl;
  125 +
  126 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"cursor",6) == 0) {
  127 +
  128 + unsigned int row, col;
  129 +
  130 + switch(std::sscanf(cmdline.c_str()+6,"%u,%u",&row,&col)) {
  131 + case 1:
  132 + cout << "Moving cursor to " << row << endl;
  133 + rc = hllapi_set_cursor_address((WORD) row);
  134 + break;
  135 +
  136 + case 2:
  137 + cout << "Moving cursor to " << row << "," << col << endl;
  138 + rc = hllapi_set_cursor_position((WORD) row, (WORD) col);
  139 + break;
  140 + }
  141 +
  142 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"at",2) == 0) {
  143 +
  144 + unsigned int row, col, len;
  145 +
  146 + switch(std::sscanf(cmdline.c_str()+3,"%u,%u,%u",&row,&col,&len)) {
  147 + case 3:
  148 + {
  149 + cout << "Getting " << len << " bytes from " << row << "," << col << endl;
  150 +
  151 + char * buffer = new char[len+1];
  152 + memset(buffer,' ',len+1);
  153 + buffer[len] = 0;
  154 +
  155 + rc = hllapi_get_screen_at(row,col,buffer);
  156 + if(rc == HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  157 + cout << "Contents:" << endl << buffer << endl;
  158 + }
  159 +
  160 + delete[] buffer;
  161 + }
  162 + break;
  163 +
  164 + case 2:
  165 + {
  166 + cout << "Getting " << col << " bytes from " << row << endl;
  167 +
  168 + char * buffer = new char[col+1];
  169 + memset(buffer,' ',col+1);
  170 + buffer[col] = 0;
  171 +
  172 + rc = hllapi_get_screen(row,buffer,col);
  173 + if(rc == HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  174 + cout << "Contents:" << endl << buffer << endl;
  175 + }
  176 +
  177 + delete[] buffer;
  178 +
  179 + }
  180 + break;
  181 + }
  182 +
  183 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"enter",5) == 0) {
  184 +
  185 + rc = hllapi_enter();
  186 +
  187 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"pf ",3) == 0) {
  188 +
  189 + rc = hllapi_pfkey(atoi(cmdline.c_str()+3));
  190 +
  191 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"input ",6) == 0) {
  192 +
  193 + rc = hllapi_input_string((LPSTR) cmdline.c_str()+6,0);
  194 +
  195 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"wait ",5) == 0) {
  196 +
  197 + rc = hllapi_wait_for_ready(5);
  198 +
  199 + } else if(strncasecmp(cmdline.c_str(),"find ",5) == 0) {
  200 +
  201 + cout << "Searching for \"" << (cmdline.c_str()+5) << "\"" << endl;
  202 + rc = hllapi_find_text((LPSTR) (cmdline.c_str()+5));
  203 +
  204 + } else {
  205 +
  206 + cout << "Unknown command \"" << cmdline << "\""<< endl;
  207 + }
  208 +
  209 + if(rc != HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  210 + cout << "rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  211 + rc = HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS;
  212 + }
  213 +
  214 + cout << endl << ">";
  215 + cout.flush();
  216 + }
  217 +
  218 + /*
  219 +
  220 +
  221 + rc = hllapi_wait_for_ready(10);
  222 + if(rc) {
  223 + cout << "hllapi_wait_for_ready returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  224 + return rc;
  225 + }
  226 +
  227 + if(hllapi_is_connected()) {
  228 +
  229 + cout << "Host is connected" << endl;
  230 +
  231 + memset(buffer,' ',SCREEN_LENGTH);
  232 + buffer[SCREEN_LENGTH] = 0;
  233 +
  234 + rc = hllapi_get_screen(0,buffer,SCREEN_LENGTH);
  235 + cout << "hllapi_get_screen returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  236 +
  237 + if(rc == HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  238 + cout << endl << buffer << endl;
  239 + }
  240 +
  241 + } else {
  242 +
  243 + cout << "Host is not connected" << endl;
  244 +
  245 +
  246 + }
  247 +
  248 + rc = hllapi_get_lu_name(buffer,SCREEN_LENGTH);
  249 + if(rc == HLLAPI_STATUS_SUCCESS) {
  250 + cout << "LU Name is " << buffer << endl;
  251 + }
  252 +
  253 + rc = hllapi_disconnect();
  254 + if(rc) {
  255 + cout << "hllapi_disconnect returns with rc=" << rc << " (" << hllapi_get_last_error() << ")" << endl;
  256 + return rc;
  257 + }
  258 +
  259 + cout << "HLLAPI Last error was \"" << hllapi_get_last_error() << "\"" << endl;
  260 +
  261 + */
  262 +
  263 + rc = hllapi_deinit();
  264 + cout << "hllapi_deinit exits with rc=" << rc << endl;
  265 +
  266 + return 0;
  267 + }
  268 +
... ...
src/testprograms/hllapi.c
... ... @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270.
5   - *
6   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
7   - *
8   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
9   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
10   - * Free Software Foundation.
11   - *
12   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
13   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
14   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
15   - * obter mais detalhes.
16   - *
17   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
18   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
19   - * Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA, 02111-1307, USA
20   - *
21   - * Este programa está nomeado como testprogram.c e possui - linhas de código.
22   - *
23   - * Contatos:
24   - *
25   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
26   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
27   - *
28   - */
29   -
30   - #include <stdio.h>
31   - #include <string.h>
32   - #include <time.h>
33   - #include <getopt.h>
34   - #include <pw3270/hllapi.h>
35   -
36   - #if defined(DEBUG) && defined(_WIN32)
37   - #undef trace
38   - #define trace( fmt, ... ) { FILE *out = fopen("c:\\Users\\Perry\\hllapi.log","a"); if(out) { fprintf(out, "%s(%d) " fmt "\n", __FILE__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__ ); fclose(out); } }
39   - #endif // DEBUG
40   -
41   - #define MAX_DATA_SIZE 8000 //< Maximum data size for this application.
42   -
43   -// static CHAR hllapi_data[MAX_DATA_SIZE];
44   -
45   -/*---[ Implement ]--------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
46   -
47   - /*
48   - static void connect_ps(const char *session)
49   - {
50   - WORD len;
51   - WORD fn = HLLAPI_CMD_CONNECTPS;
52   - WORD rc = 0;
53   -
54   - strncpy(hllapi_data,session,MAX_DATA_SIZE);
55   -
56   - len = strlen(session);
57   - hllapi(&fn,hllapi_data,&len,&rc);
58   -
59   - }
60   - */
61   -
62   - int main(int argc, char **argv)
63   - {
64   - const char *host = NULL;
65   - const char *session = "pw3270:A";
66   -
67   - #pragma GCC diagnostic push
68   - static struct option options[] =
69   - {
70   - { "host", required_argument, 0, 'h' },
71   - { "session-name", required_argument, 0, 'S' },
72   - { 0, 0, 0, 0}
73   - };
74   - #pragma GCC diagnostic pop
75   -
76   - int long_index =0;
77   - int opt;
78   - while((opt = getopt_long(argc, argv, "h:S:", options, &long_index )) != -1)
79   - {
80   -
81   - switch(opt)
82   - {
83   - case 'h':
84   - host = optarg;
85   - break;
86   -
87   - case 'S':
88   - session = optarg;
89   - break;
90   -
91   - }
92   -
93   - }
94   -
95   - int rc = hllapi_init((char *) session);
96   - if(rc)
97   - {
98   - printf("hllapi_init returns with rc=%d\n",rc);
99   - return rc;
100   - }
101   -
102   - printf("Library revision is %d\n",(int) hllapi_get_revision());
103   -
104   - if(host) {
105   -
106   - printf("connect=%d\n",(int) hllapi_connect((char *) host,1));
107   - printf("wait_for_ready=%d\n",(int) hllapi_wait_for_ready(10));
108   - printf("connected=%s\n",(int) hllapi_is_connected() ? "Yes" : "No");
109   -
110   - printf("disconnect=%d\n",(int) hllapi_disconnect());
111   - }
112   -
113   - printf("connected=%s\n",(int) hllapi_is_connected() ? "Yes" : "No");
114   -
115   - rc = hllapi_deinit();
116   - printf("hllapi_deinit exits with rc=%d\n",rc);
117   -
118   - return 0;
119   - }
120   -
121   -/*
122   - int main(int numpar, char *param[])
123   - {
124   - char buffer[BUFFER_LENGTH];
125   - unsigned short rc;
126   - unsigned short len;
127   - unsigned long fn;
128   -
129   - static const struct _cmd
130   - {
131   - const char * name;
132   - unsigned short fn;
133   - const char * arg;
134   - } cmd[] =
135   - {
136   - { "GetRevision", HLLAPI_CMD_GETREVISION, " " },
137   - { "ConnectPS", HLLAPI_CMD_CONNECTPS, "pw3270A" },
138   - { "InputString", HLLAPI_CMD_INPUTSTRING, "test" },
139   -
140   - };
141   -
142   - int f;
143   -
144   -
145   - for(f=0;f< (sizeof(cmd)/sizeof(struct _cmd)); f++)
146   - {
147   - len = strlen(cmd[f].arg);
148   - memcpy(buffer,cmd[f].arg,len);
149   - hllapi((LPWORD) &cmd[f].fn,buffer,&len,&rc);
150   - printf("%s exits with rc=%d\n[%s]\n",cmd[f].name,rc,buffer);
151   - }
152   -
153   - len = 80;
154   - rc = 1040;
155   - fn = HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPSTOSTR;
156   - hllapi((LPWORD) &fn,buffer,&len,&rc);
157   - printf("%s exits with rc=%d\n%s\n","HLLAPI_CMD_COPYPSTOSTR",rc,buffer);
158   -
159   - // Performance
160   - len = strlen(cmd[0].arg);
161   - memcpy(buffer,cmd[0].arg,len);
162   - if(hllapi((LPWORD) &cmd[0].fn,buffer,&len,&rc) == 0 && rc == 0)
163   - {
164   - time_t end = time(0) + 5;
165   - int qtd = 0;
166   - do
167   - {
168   - qtd++;
169   - } while(hllapi((LPWORD) &cmd[0].fn,buffer,&len,&rc) == 0 && rc == 0 && time(0)<end);
170   - printf("%d interacoes em 5 segundos (rc=%d)\n",qtd,rc);
171   -
172   - }
173   -
174   - // Disconnect
175   - len = 10;
176   - rc = 1;
177   - fn = HLLAPI_CMD_DISCONNECTPS;
178   - *buffer = 0;
179   - hllapi((LPWORD) &fn,buffer,&len,&rc);
180   - printf("%s exits with rc=%d\n[%s]\n","HLLAPI_CMD_DISCONNECTPS",rc,buffer);
181   -
182   -
183   - return 0;
184   - }
185   -*/
src/testprograms/ipc3270c.c
... ... @@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
1   -/*
2   - * "Software pw3270, desenvolvido com base nos códigos fontes do WC3270 e X3270
3   - * (Paul Mattes Paul.Mattes@usa.net), de emulação de terminal 3270 para acesso a
4   - * aplicativos mainframe. Registro no INPI sob o nome G3270. Registro no INPI sob
5   - * o nome G3270.
6   - *
7   - * Copyright (C) <2008> <Banco do Brasil S.A.>
8   - *
9   - * Este programa é software livre. Você pode redistribuí-lo e/ou modificá-lo sob
10   - * os termos da GPL v.2 - Licença Pública Geral GNU, conforme publicado pela
11   - * Free Software Foundation.
12   - *
13   - * Este programa é distribuído na expectativa de ser útil, mas SEM QUALQUER
14   - * GARANTIA; sem mesmo a garantia implícita de COMERCIALIZAÇÃO ou de ADEQUAÇÃO
15   - * A QUALQUER PROPÓSITO EM PARTICULAR. Consulte a Licença Pública Geral GNU para
16   - * obter mais detalhes.
17   - *
18   - * Você deve ter recebido uma cópia da Licença Pública Geral GNU junto com este
19   - * programa; se não, escreva para a Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
20   - * St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
21   - *
22   - * Este programa está nomeado como testprogram.c e possui - linhas de código.
23   - *
24   - * Contatos:
25   - *
26   - * perry.werneck@gmail.com (Alexandre Perry de Souza Werneck)
27   - * erico.mendonca@gmail.com (Erico Mascarenhas Mendonça)
28   - *
29   - */
30   -
31   -
32   - /**
33   - * @brief Test program for pw3270 HLLAPI compatibility plugin.
34   - *
35   - */
36   -
37   - #include <config.h>
38   - #include <v3270.h>
39   - #include <v3270/trace.h>
40   - #include <pw3270/plugin.h>
41   - #include <string.h>
42   - #include <stdlib.h>
43   - #include <pw3270.h>
44   -
45   - /*---[ Globals ]------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
46   -
47   - const gchar * plugin_path = ".bin/Debug";
48   - const gchar * session_name = "pw3270";
49   - const gchar * plugin_name = "ipc3270c." G_MODULE_SUFFIX;
50   -
51   - /*---[ Implement ]----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
52   -
53   - static void close_module(GtkWidget *widget, GModule *module)
54   - {
55   - g_message("Closing module %p",module);
56   -
57   - static void (*stop)(GtkWidget *window, GtkWidget *terminal) = NULL;
58   - if(!g_module_symbol(module,"pw3270_plugin_stop",(void **) &stop))
59   - {
60   - g_message("Can't get stop method from plugin: %s",g_module_error());
61   - }
62   - else
63   - {
64   - stop(gtk_widget_get_toplevel(widget),widget);
65   - }
66   -
67   - g_module_close(module);
68   - g_message("Module %p was closed",module);
69   - }
70   -
71   - static void toggle_ds_trace(GtkToggleToolButton *button, GtkWidget *terminal)
72   - {
73   - v3270_set_toggle(terminal,LIB3270_TOGGLE_DS_TRACE,gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active(button));
74   - }
75   -
76   - static void toggle_event_trace(GtkToggleToolButton *button, GtkWidget *terminal)
77   - {
78   - v3270_set_toggle(terminal,LIB3270_TOGGLE_EVENT_TRACE,gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active(button));
79   - }
80   -
81   - static void toggle_ssl_trace(GtkToggleToolButton *button, GtkWidget *terminal)
82   - {
83   - v3270_set_toggle(terminal,LIB3270_TOGGLE_SSL_TRACE,gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active(button));
84   - }
85   -
86   - static void toggle_screen_trace(GtkToggleToolButton *button, GtkWidget *terminal)
87   - {
88   - v3270_set_toggle(terminal,LIB3270_TOGGLE_SCREEN_TRACE,gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active(button));
89   - }
90   -
91   - static void toggle_started_trace(GtkToggleToolButton *button, GModule *module)
92   - {
93   - if(!module)
94   - return;
95   -
96   - GtkWidget * terminal = GTK_WIDGET(g_object_get_data(G_OBJECT(button),"terminal"));
97   -
98   - const gchar * method_name = (gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active(button) ? "pw3270_plugin_start" : "pw3270_plugin_stop");
99   -
100   - static void (*call)(GtkWidget *window, GtkWidget *terminal) = NULL;
101   - if(!g_module_symbol(module,method_name,(void **) &call))
102   - {
103   - g_message("Can't get method \"%s\": %s",method_name,g_module_error());
104   - return;
105   - }
106   -
107   - g_message("Calling %s",method_name);
108   - call(gtk_widget_get_toplevel(terminal), GTK_WIDGET(terminal));
109   -
110   - }
111   -
112   - static GtkToolItem * create_tool_item(GtkWidget *terminal, const gchar *label, const gchar *tooltip, GCallback callback)
113   - {
114   - GtkToolItem * item = gtk_toggle_tool_button_new();
115   - gtk_tool_button_set_label(GTK_TOOL_BUTTON(item),label);
116   -
117   - g_signal_connect(GTK_WIDGET(item), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(callback), terminal);
118   -
119   - if(tooltip)
120   - gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text(GTK_WIDGET(item),tooltip);
121   -
122   - return item;
123   - }
124   -
125   - static void activate(GtkApplication* app, G_GNUC_UNUSED gpointer user_data) {
126   -
127   - GtkWidget * window = gtk_application_window_new(app);
128   - GtkWidget * terminal = v3270_new();
129   - GtkWidget * notebook = gtk_notebook_new();
130   - GModule * module = NULL;
131   -
132   - gtk_widget_set_name(window,session_name);
133   - v3270_set_session_name(terminal, session_name);
134   -
135   - // Setup tabs
136   - gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook),terminal,gtk_label_new(v3270_get_session_name(terminal)));
137   -
138   - // Load plugin
139   - {
140   - g_autofree gchar * plugin = g_build_filename(plugin_path,plugin_name,NULL);
141   -
142   - g_message("Loading %s",plugin);
143   -
144   - module = g_module_open(plugin,G_MODULE_BIND_LOCAL);
145   -
146   - if(module)
147   - {
148   - g_signal_connect (terminal, "destroy", G_CALLBACK(close_module), module);
149   - }
150   - else
151   - {
152   - g_message("Can't open \"%s\": %s",plugin,g_module_error());
153   - gtk_main_quit();
154   - }
155   -
156   - }
157   - // Create trace window
158   - {
159   - GtkWidget * box = gtk_box_new(GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,0);
160   - GtkWidget * trace = v3270_trace_new(terminal);
161   - GtkWidget * toolbar = gtk_toolbar_new();
162   - GtkToolItem * start = gtk_toggle_tool_button_new();
163   -
164   - gtk_widget_set_sensitive(GTK_WIDGET(start),module != NULL);
165   -
166   - g_object_set_data(G_OBJECT(start),"terminal",terminal);
167   -
168   - gtk_tool_button_set_label(GTK_TOOL_BUTTON(start),"Enable");
169   - g_signal_connect(GTK_WIDGET(start), "toggled", G_CALLBACK(toggle_started_trace), module);
170   - gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text(GTK_WIDGET(start),"Start/Stop plugin module");
171   -
172   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar), start, -1);
173   -
174   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar),gtk_separator_tool_item_new(),-1);
175   -
176   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar),create_tool_item(terminal, "DS Trace","Toggle DS Trace",G_CALLBACK(toggle_ds_trace)),-1);
177   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar),create_tool_item(terminal, "Event Trace","Toggle Event Trace",G_CALLBACK(toggle_event_trace)),-1);
178   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar),create_tool_item(terminal, "Screen Trace","Toggle Screen Trace",G_CALLBACK(toggle_screen_trace)),-1);
179   - gtk_toolbar_insert(GTK_TOOLBAR(toolbar),create_tool_item(terminal, "SSL Trace","Toggle SSL Trace",G_CALLBACK(toggle_ssl_trace)),-1);
180   -
181   - gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box),toolbar,FALSE,FALSE,0);
182   - gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(box),trace,TRUE,TRUE,0);
183   - gtk_notebook_append_page(GTK_NOTEBOOK(notebook),box,gtk_label_new("Trace"));
184   - }
185   -
186   - // Setup and show main window
187   - gtk_window_set_position(GTK_WINDOW(window),GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER);
188   - gtk_window_set_default_size (GTK_WINDOW (window), 800, 500);
189   - gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(window),notebook);
190   - gtk_widget_show_all (window);
191   -
192   - // Setup title.
193   - const gchar *url = lib3270_get_url(v3270_get_session(terminal));
194   - if(url) {
195   -
196   - v3270_set_url(terminal,url);
197   - v3270_reconnect(terminal);
198   -
199   - gchar * title = g_strdup_printf("%s - %s", v3270_get_session_name(terminal), url);
200   - gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), title);
201   - g_free(title);
202   -
203   - } else {
204   -
205   - gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(window), v3270_get_session_name(terminal));
206   -
207   - }
208   -
209   -}
210   -
211   -int main (int argc, char **argv) {
212   -
213   - static const GOptionEntry app_options[] = {
214   - { "plugin-path", 'P', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_STRING, &plugin_path, "Path for plugin search", NULL },
215   - { "session-name", 'S', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_STRING, &session_name, "Session name", "pw3270" },
216   - { "module", 'm', 0, G_OPTION_ARG_STRING, &plugin_name, "Module name", "ipc3270c." G_MODULE_SUFFIX },
217   -
218   - { NULL }
219   - };
220   -
221   - GtkApplication *app;
222   - int status;
223   -
224   - app = gtk_application_new("br.com.bb.ipc3270c",G_APPLICATION_FLAGS_NONE);
225   -
226   - g_application_add_main_option_entries(G_APPLICATION(app),app_options);
227   - g_signal_connect (app, "activate", G_CALLBACK(activate), NULL);
228   -
229   - status = g_application_run (G_APPLICATION (app), argc, argv);
230   - g_object_unref (app);
231   -
232   - g_message("rc=%d",status);
233   - return status;
234   -
235   -}
236   -
src/testprograms/linux/test.sh
... ... @@ -1,126 +0,0 @@
1   -#!/bin/bash
2   -
3   -SESSION=a
4   -DEST=br.com.bb.pw3270
5   -BPATH=/br/com/bb/pw3270
6   -
7   -run_command()
8   -{
9   -
10   - case $1 in
11   -
12   - revision)
13   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getRevision
14   - ;;
15   -
16   - message)
17   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getMessageID
18   - ;;
19   -
20   - ssl)
21   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getSecureState
22   - ;;
23   -
24   - connect)
25   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.connect string:$2 int32:10
26   - ;;
27   -
28   - disconnect)
29   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.disconnect
30   - ;;
31   -
32   - url)
33   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getURL
34   - ;;
35   -
36   - quit)
37   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.quit
38   - ;;
39   -
40   - get)
41   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getScreenContents
42   - ;;
43   -
44   - gettext)
45   -# addr,len,lf
46   -# dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getText int32:1 int32:-1 byte:0
47   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getText int32:1 int32:-1 byte:10
48   - ;;
49   -
50   - protect)
51   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getIsProtectedAt int32:$2 int32:$3
52   - ;;
53   -
54   - set)
55   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.setTextAt int32:$2 int32:$3 string:$4
56   - ;;
57   -
58   - action)
59   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.action string:$2
60   - ;;
61   -
62   - enter)
63   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.enter
64   - ;;
65   -
66   - isconnected)
67   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.isConnected
68   - ;;
69   -
70   - hostcharset)
71   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getHostCharset
72   - ;;
73   -
74   - displaycharset)
75   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.getDisplayCharset
76   - ;;
77   -
78   - unlockdelay)
79   - dbus-send --session --print-reply --dest=$DEST.$SESSION $BPATH $DEST.setUnlockDelay int32:$2
80   - ;;
81   -
82   - *)
83   - echo "Comando $1 desconhecido"
84   - ;;
85   -
86   - esac
87   -}
88   -
89   -
90   -
91   -until [ -z "$1" ]
92   -do
93   - if [ ${1:0:2} = '--' ]; then
94   - tmp=${1:2}
95   - parameter=${tmp%%=*}
96   - parameter=$(echo $parameter | tr "[:lower:]" "[:upper:]")
97   - value=${tmp##*=}
98   -
99   - case "$parameter" in
100   - SESSION)
101   - SESSION=$value
102   - ;;
103   - HELP)
104   - echo "$0 options"
105   - echo ""
106   - echo "Options:"
107   - echo ""
108   - echo " --session pw3270's session manager"
109   - echo ""
110   - exit 0
111   - ;;
112   -
113   - *)
114   - eval $parameter=$value
115   - ;;
116   -
117   - esac
118   -
119   - else
120   - run_command $@
121   - exit 0
122   - fi
123   -
124   - shift
125   -done
126   -
valgrind.suppression
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
  1 +{
  2 + libcrypt_FIPS_selftest
  3 + Memcheck:Cond
  4 + ...
  5 + fun:FIPS_selftest
  6 +}
  7 +
  8 +{
  9 + libcrypt_FIPS_mode_set
  10 + Memcheck:Cond
  11 + ...
  12 + fun:FIPS_mode_set
  13 +}
  14 +
... ...
win/hllapi.nsi.in 0 → 100644
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
  1 +!include "MUI2.nsh"
  2 +!include "x64.nsh"
  3 +!include "FileFunc.nsh"
  4 +
  5 +Name "@PACKAGE@"
  6 +Caption "@PACKAGE@ - @PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION@"
  7 +outfile "@PACKAGE@-@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE@-@host_cpu@.exe"
  8 +
  9 +XPStyle on
  10 +
  11 +installDir "$@PROGRAMFILES@\@PACKAGE@"
  12 +
  13 +# Get installation folder from registry if available
  14 +InstallDirRegKey HKLM "Software\@PACKAGE@" "InstallLocation"
  15 +
  16 +RequestExecutionLevel admin
  17 +
  18 +# Properties
  19 +VIProductVersion "@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE@"
  20 +VIFileVersion "@WIN32_VERSION@"
  21 +
  22 +VIAddVersionKey "ProductVersion" "@PACKAGE_MAJOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_VERSION@.@PACKAGE_MAJOR_RELEASE@.@PACKAGE_MINOR_RELEASE@"
  23 +VIAddVersionKey "FileVersion" "@WIN32_VERSION@"
  24 +
  25 +VIAddVersionKey "ProductName" "@PACKAGE_NAME@"
  26 +VIAddVersionKey "FileDescription" "@PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION@"
  27 +VIAddVersionKey "LegalCopyright" "GPL-2.0"
  28 +
  29 +# Interface
  30 +
  31 +!define MUI_ABORTWARNING
  32 +# !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_WELCOME
  33 +!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "..\LICENSE"
  34 +!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_COMPONENTS
  35 +!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_DIRECTORY
  36 +!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES
  37 +
  38 +# !insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_WELCOME
  39 +!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_CONFIRM
  40 +!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_INSTFILES
  41 +# !insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_FINISH
  42 +
  43 +# Languages
  44 +!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "English"
  45 +
  46 +# Section scripts
  47 +!include Sections.nsh
  48 +
  49 +# default section
  50 +SubSection "@PACKAGE@" SecMain
  51 +
  52 + Section "Core" SecCore
  53 +
  54 + SetRegView @WINARCH@
  55 + ${DisableX64FSRedirection}
  56 +
  57 + # define the output path for this file
  58 + setOutPath $SYSDIR
  59 + SetShellVarContext all
  60 +
  61 + file "/oname=$SYSDIR\hllapi.dll" "..\.bin\Release\hllapi.dll"
  62 +
  63 + # For compatibility with old scripts.
  64 + file "/oname=$SYSDIR\libhllapi.dll" "..\.bin\Release\hllapi.dll"
  65 +
  66 + # define uninstaller name
  67 + SetRegView 32
  68 +
  69 + writeUninstaller $INSTDIR\uninstall.exe
  70 +
  71 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  72 + "DisplayName" "@PACKAGE@ - @PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION@"
  73 +
  74 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  75 + "DisplayVersion" "@PACKAGE_VERSION@"
  76 +
  77 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  78 + "UninstallString" "$INSTDIR\uninstall.exe"
  79 +
  80 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  81 + "InstallLocation" "$INSTDIR"
  82 +
  83 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  84 + "NoModify" "1"
  85 +
  86 + WriteRegStr HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@" \
  87 + "NoRepair" "1"
  88 +
  89 + # Save instalation dir
  90 + WriteRegStr HKCU "Software\@PACKAGE@" "" $INSTDIR
  91 +
  92 + sectionEnd
  93 +
  94 +SubSectionEnd
  95 +
  96 +Section "Uninstall"
  97 +
  98 + # Always delete uninstaller first
  99 + delete $INSTDIR\uninstaller.exe
  100 +
  101 + # delete installed files
  102 + delete $SYSDIR\hllapi.dll
  103 + delete $SYSDIR\libhllapi.dll
  104 +
  105 + # Remove registry
  106 + SetRegView 32
  107 + DeleteRegKey HKLM "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\@PACKAGE@"
  108 + DeleteRegKey HKLM "Software\@PACKAGE@"
  109 +
  110 + SetRegView @WINARCH@
  111 + DeleteRegKey HKLM "Software\@PACKAGE@"
  112 +
  113 +SectionEnd
  114 +
  115 +
  116 +
... ...
win/pack.sh 0 → 100755
... ... @@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
  1 +#!/bin/bash
  2 +cd $(dirname $(dirname $(readlink -f $0)))
  3 +
  4 +PUBLISH=0
  5 +
  6 +pack() {
  7 +
  8 + echo -e "\e]2;hllapi-${1}\a"
  9 +
  10 + ./configure --cache=.${1}.cache \
  11 + --host=${1}-w64-mingw32 \
  12 + --prefix=/usr/${1}-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw \
  13 + --libdir=/usr/${1}-w64-mingw32/sys-root/mingw/lib
  14 +
  15 + if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  16 + exit -1
  17 + fi
  18 +
  19 + make clean
  20 + if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  21 + exit -1
  22 + fi
  23 +
  24 + make Release
  25 + if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  26 + exit -1
  27 + fi
  28 +
  29 + makensis win/hllapi.nsi
  30 +
  31 + if [ -d ~/public_html ]; then
  32 + mkdir -p ~/public_html/win
  33 + cp -v ./win/*.exe ~/public_html/win
  34 + if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  35 + exit -1
  36 + fi
  37 + fi
  38 +
  39 + if [ "${PUBLISH}" == "1" ] && [ ! -z ${WIN_PACKAGE_SERVER} ]; then
  40 + scp ./win/*.exe ${WIN_PACKAGE_SERVER}
  41 + if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  42 + exit -1
  43 + fi
  44 + fi
  45 +
  46 + rm -fr $TEMPDIR
  47 + rm -fr .${1}.cache
  48 +
  49 +}
  50 +
  51 +until [ -z "$1" ]
  52 +do
  53 + if [ ${1:0:2} = '--' ]; then
  54 + tmp=${1:2}
  55 + parameter=${tmp%%=*}
  56 + parameter=$(echo $parameter | tr "[:lower:]" "[:upper:]")
  57 + value=${tmp##*=}
  58 +
  59 + case "$parameter" in
  60 + NOPUBLISH)
  61 + PUBLISH=0
  62 + ;;
  63 +
  64 + PUBLISH)
  65 + PUBLISH=1
  66 + ;;
  67 +
  68 + CLEAR)
  69 + if [ -d ~/public_html/win ]; then
  70 + rm -fr ~/public_html/win/hllapi-*-{i686,x86_64}.exe
  71 + fi
  72 +
  73 + ;;
  74 + HELP)
  75 + echo "${0} nome_da_matriz"
  76 + echo ""
  77 + echo "Opções:"
  78 + echo ""
  79 +
  80 + if [ ! -z ${WIN_PACKAGE_SERVER} ]; then
  81 + echo " --nopublish Don't publish in ${WIN_PACKAGE_SERVER}"
  82 + echo " --publish Publish in ${WIN_PACKAGE_SERVER}"
  83 + fi
  84 +
  85 +
  86 + if [ -d ~/public_html/win ]; then
  87 + echo " --clear Remove ~/public_html/win/hllapi-*-{i686,x86_64}.exe"
  88 + fi
  89 +
  90 + echo ""
  91 + exit 0
  92 +
  93 + ;;
  94 +
  95 + esac
  96 + fi
  97 +
  98 + shift
  99 +
  100 +done
  101 +
  102 +NOCONFIGURE=1 ./autogen.sh
  103 +if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then
  104 + exit -1
  105 +fi
  106 +
  107 +pack i686
  108 +pack x86_64
  109 +
  110 +
... ...